Machine Design Final Weapon

SUMMATIVE 1
Two pulleys with diameter 500 mm and 1200 mm are connected by crossed belt drive. If the belt
transmits 20 hp and the distance between the shafts is 4 m, which of the following is the angle of
contact between the belt and the pulley?
*crossed belt
0.600𝑚 + 0.250𝑚 𝜋
𝜃 = 180 + (2) (𝑠𝑖𝑛−1 ) = 204.537798𝑑𝑒𝑔 ( ) = 𝟑. 𝟓𝟔𝟗𝟖𝟓𝟖𝟎𝟐 𝒓𝒂𝒅
4𝑚 180
A crossed belt drive connects a 24 inches driving pulley to a driven pulley 12 inches diameter. The speed
of the driving pulley is 300 rpm and the center distance between pulleys is 10 ft. Which of the following
is the length of the belt required?
*crossed belt
π 12𝑖𝑛 (24𝑖𝑛 + 12𝑖𝑛)2

𝐿= (24𝑖𝑛 + 12𝑖𝑛) + (2) (10𝑓𝑡 )+ = 𝟐𝟗𝟗. 𝟐𝟒𝟖𝟔𝟔𝟕𝟖 𝒊𝒏
2 1𝑓𝑡 12𝑖𝑛
4 (10𝑓𝑡 )
1𝑓𝑡
Which of the following is the surface velocity of a pulley 18 inches in diameter mounted on a shaft
running at 350 rpm?
1𝑓𝑡
𝑣 = (π) (18𝑖𝑛 ( )) (350𝑟𝑝𝑚) = 𝟏𝟔𝟒𝟗. 𝟑𝟑𝟔𝟏𝟒𝟑 𝐟𝐩𝐦
12𝑖𝑛
An open V-belt drive operates under the following conditions: coefficient of friction between belt and
pulley of 0.1, tight side tension of 1500 N, angle of contact of 120°, and groove angle of 40°. Which of
the following is the slack side tension of the belt drive?
*open belt
𝜋 1
(0.1)(120𝑑𝑒𝑔 )( 40)
𝑇1 𝜇𝜃𝑐𝑠𝑐(𝛽)
1500𝑁 180
𝑠𝑖𝑛
=𝑒 = =𝑒 2 = 𝟖𝟏𝟑. 𝟏𝟎𝟒𝟗𝟕𝟖𝑵
𝑇2 𝑇2
An open belt drive operates under the following condition: velocity of the belt is 55 ft/s, total tension on
tight side of belt is 300 lb, and total tension on slack side of belt is 50 lb. Which of the following is the
power to be taken off the driven shaft?
𝑃 = (𝑇1 − 𝑇2 )𝑣
𝑓𝑡 𝒇𝒕 − 𝒍𝒃
𝑃 = (300𝑙𝑏 − 50𝑙𝑏) (55 ) = 𝟏𝟑𝟕𝟓𝟎
𝑠 𝒔
A belt 200 mm wide and 8 mm thick drives a pulley at belt speed of 28 m/s. The density of the belt is
980 kg/m3 and the coefficient of friction between the belt and pulley is 0.35. Given that the angle of
contact of pulley is 2π/3 and the allowable stress of the belt is 1.7 MPa, determine the tension on the
slack side of the belt (T2) in N
𝑇1
𝑇2 =? ⋮ = 𝑒 𝜇𝜃 ⋮ 𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥 = σA ⋮ 𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 𝑇1 + 𝑇𝑐 ⋮ 𝑇𝑐 = 𝜌𝐴𝑣 2
𝑇2
𝑇1 = σA − 𝜌𝐴𝑣 2
σA − 𝜌𝐴𝑣 2
= 𝑒 𝜇𝜃 =
𝑇2
2 2
𝑘𝑔 1𝑚 𝑚
(1.7𝑀𝑃𝑎)(200𝑚𝑚𝑥8𝑚𝑚) − (980 3 ) (200𝑚𝑚𝑥8𝑚𝑚) ( ) (28 ) 2𝜋
𝑚 1000𝑚𝑚 𝑠 (0.35)( )
=𝑒 3
𝑇2
= 𝟕𝟏𝟔. 𝟏𝟗𝟔𝟔𝟐𝟗𝟓𝑵
A crane is to raise a load of 17,000 N at an acceleration of 1.2 m/s2 through a 6 x 19 wire rope whose
weight is 20,000 N. The diameter of the rope is 24 mm and the rope drum diameter is 915 mm. Take the
Young’s modulus for the wire rope as 85 kN/mm2 . Assume dw = 0.063 d. Determine the effective load
during acceleration of load in kN.
𝑊𝑎𝑙 = 𝑊𝐿 + 𝑊𝑟 + 𝑊𝑏 + 𝑊𝑎
𝐴𝐸𝑟 𝑑𝑤 (𝑊𝐿 + 𝑊𝑟 )𝑎
𝑊𝑎𝑙 = 17000𝑁 + 20000𝑁 + +
𝐷 𝑔
𝜋
( (0.063(24𝑚𝑚)) (6𝑥19)) (85000𝑀𝑃𝑎)(0.063(24𝑚𝑚)) (17000𝑁 + 20000𝑁) (1.2 𝑚2 )
2
4 𝑠
𝑊𝑎𝑙 = 17000𝑁 + 20000𝑁 + + 𝑚
915𝑚𝑚 9.81 2
𝑠
𝑊𝑎𝑙 = 70276.66176𝑁 𝑜𝑟 𝟕𝟎. 𝟐𝟕𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟏𝟕𝟔𝑲𝑵

Two pulleys which are 270 mm in diameter and which are run at 1310 rpm are connected by a V-belt
with an angle of groove of 30°. The cross-section area (b x t) of the belt is 750 mm2 and the maximum
tensile stress in the material is 5.9 MPa. Determine the power transmitted between the pulley in kW if
the centrifugal tension of the belt is 431 N and the coefficient of friction between belt and pulley is 0.13.
𝑇1
𝑃 = (𝑇1 − 𝑇2 )𝑣 ⋮ 𝑇1 = 𝜎𝐴 − 𝑇𝑐 ⋮ 𝑇2 = 𝜇𝜃𝑐𝑠𝑐(𝛽)
𝑒
[(5.9𝑀𝑃𝑎𝑥750𝑚𝑚2 ) − 431𝑁] 0.270𝑚 2𝜋

𝑃 = (𝑇1 − 𝑇2 )𝑣 = [(5.9𝑀𝑃𝑎𝑥750𝑚𝑚2 ) − 431𝑁] − [( ) (1310𝑟𝑝𝑚) ( )]
1 2 60
(0.13)(𝜋)(
30)
( 𝑠𝑖𝑛 )]
[ 𝑒 2
𝑃 = 58701.08901𝑊 𝑜𝑟 𝟓𝟖. 𝟕𝟎𝟏𝟎𝟖𝟗𝟎𝟏𝒌𝑾

Consider a leather belt with the following given: width of 100 mm, thickness of 6.4 mm, velocity of 18.3
m/s. Which of the following is the centrifugal force across the belt? Note that the density of belt is
approximately 974 kg/m3
𝑘𝑔 𝑚 2
𝑇𝑐 = 𝜌𝑏𝑡𝑣 2 = 974 (0.1𝑚)(0.0064) (18.3 ) =208.7570304N
𝑚3 𝑠
SUMMATIVE 2
An inverted tooth chain is used to transmit 10-hp to a driven shaft. The chain runs at a velocity of 1200
ft/min and the number of teeth on the smaller sprocket is 21. Which of the following is the width of
chain if the pitch of the chain to be used is 1 in? Use a service factor of 1.4.
𝑃 = 1.4(10ℎ𝑝) = 14 ℎp
2 2
900 3 900 3
𝑝≤ (𝑁 ) = (1200) = 0.8254818122 = 0.75in
1
21 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ 0.75 𝑖𝑛 1 𝑓𝑡 𝑓𝑡 𝑓𝑡
𝑣 = 𝑟𝜔 = 𝑇𝑝𝑁 = ( )( )( ) (1200 ) = 1575
𝑓𝑡 𝑡𝑜𝑜𝑡ℎ 12𝑖𝑛 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑚𝑖𝑛
𝑓𝑡 𝑓𝑡
𝑤𝑝𝑣 𝑣 𝑤(0.75 𝑖𝑛) (1575 ) 1575
𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑚𝑖𝑛
𝑃= (1 − ) = 14ℎ𝑝 = (1 − )
53 425(𝑇1 − 8) 53 425(21 − 8)
𝑤 =0.8786122832in = 1in
¼-in. increment
Which of the following is the power transmitted by a 900 rpm motor driving a shaft using an inverted
tooth chain? The pitch of the chain is 0.75 in, the number of teeth on the smaller sprocket is 19, and the
velocity of chain is 900 fpm. Use a chain width of 1.25 in.
𝑓𝑡 𝑓𝑡
(1.25)(0.75𝑖𝑛) (900
𝑤𝑝𝑣 𝑣 𝑚𝑖𝑛) 900
𝑚𝑖𝑛
𝑃= (1 − )= (1 − ) = 12.85503481ℎ𝑝
53 425(𝑇1 − 8) 53 425(19 − 8)
13 hp
A single cylinder, four stroke engine develops 20 kW at mean speed of 300 rpm. If the coefficient of
fluctuation of energy is 0.1, which of the following is the maximum fluctuation of energy, ∆KE?
∆𝐾𝐸 2𝜋𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛
𝐶𝐸 = 𝑇 ⋮𝑃= = 𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝜔
𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝜃 60
∆𝐾𝐸 ∆𝐾𝐸
𝐶𝐸 = = 0.1 =
𝑃 20000𝑊
(4𝜋) (4𝜋)
2𝜋 2𝜋
(𝑁) ( ) (300𝑟𝑝𝑚) ( )
60 60
800 J
The areas in N-m above and below the mean torque lines in a turning moment diagram are as follows:
Which of the following is the value of the maximum fluctuation of energy, ∆KE?
∆𝐾𝐸 = 𝐸𝑀𝑎𝑥 − 𝐸𝑚𝑖𝑛
A E E
B E-35 -35
C E-35+410 375
D E-35+410-285 90
E E-35+410-285+325 415
F E-35+410-285+325-335 80
G E-35+410-285+325-335+260 340
H E-35+410-285+325-335+260-365 -25
I E-35+410-285+325-335+260-365+285 260
J E-35+410-285+325-335+260-365+285-260 E
∆𝐾𝐸 = 415 − −35 = 𝟒𝟓𝟎𝑵𝒎
The speed of a flywheel is to be kept within ±1% of the mean speed. Which of the following is
the coefficient of fluctuation of speed?
1+0.01=1.01
1-0.01=0.99
𝑁𝑚𝑎𝑥− 𝑁𝑚𝑖𝑛 1.01 − 0.99
𝐶𝑠 = = = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟐
𝑁 1
An inverted tooth chain is used to transmit power from a 5-hp motor to a driven shaft. The
bigger sprocket has 42 teeth and runs at 600 rpm. If the smaller sprocket has 21 teeth, which of
the following should be the measurement of the chain pitch?
𝑁1 𝑇2 𝑁1 42 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ
= = = = 𝑁1 =1200rpm
𝑁2 𝑇1 600 21 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ
2 2
900 3 900 3
𝑝≤( ) =( ) ≤ 𝟎. 𝟖𝟐𝟓𝟒𝟖𝟏𝟖𝟏𝟐𝟐
𝑁1 1200
A 10-hp motor running at 1000 rpm is to drive a centrifugal pump at 500 rpm. Which of the
following should be the measurement of the chain pitch?
2 2
900 3 900 3
𝑝≤( ) =( ) ≤ 𝟎. 𝟗𝟑𝟐𝟏𝒊𝒏
𝑁1 1000
An engine runs at 95 rad/s and has a maximum fluctuation of energy AKE of 2475 N-m. The
coefficient of fluctuation of speed of 0.02. If the flywheel has a mean diameter of 650 mm,
which of the following is the mass of the flywheel rim?
2475𝑁𝑚
𝑚= = 𝟏𝟐𝟗. 𝟖𝟏𝟔𝟗𝟏𝟐𝟑𝒌𝒈
0.650𝑚 𝑟𝑎𝑑 2
( (95 ) (0.02)
2 𝑠
A RC30 is used to transmit power from a 12 hp motor to a driven shaft for an

agricultural machinery. Service factor is 1.5. The number of teeth on the smaller sprocket
is 23. The target speed of the driven shaft should be half the speed of the driver.
Determine the required number of links for the chain.
Approximate the average center distance using Cave = D2 + D1/2 where D1 = smaller
diameter.
Round your answer up to the nearest whole number. Do not express to the nearest
even number.
1 3
𝑅𝐶30 = 𝑝 = 3𝑥 𝑖𝑛 = 𝑖𝑛
8 8
𝑁1 𝑇2 2 𝑟𝑝𝑚 𝑇2
= = = = 𝑇2 = 46 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ
𝑁2 𝑇1 1 𝑟𝑝𝑚 23 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ
3 1
𝐷1 = 𝑖𝑛 ( ) = 2.753978324𝑖𝑛
8 180
𝑠𝑖𝑛 ( )
23 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ
3 1
𝐷2 = 𝑖𝑛 ( ) = 5.495116329𝑖𝑛
8 180
𝑠𝑖𝑛 ( )
46 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ
𝐷1
𝐶𝑎𝑣𝑒 = 𝐷2 + = 6.872105491𝑖𝑛
2
𝑇1 + 𝑇2 2𝐶 𝑇2 − 𝑇1 2 𝑝
𝐾= + +[ ] ( )
2 𝑝 2𝜋 𝑐
3
23 + 46 2(6.872105491𝑖𝑛) 46 − 23 2 8
𝑖𝑛
𝐾= + +[ ] ( )
2 3 2𝜋 6.872105491𝑖𝑛
𝑖𝑛
8
K = 71.35098049 = 72
A 4-stroke engine produces a power of 23 kW. The flywheel has a radius of 1.4 m and the
density of the material is 7200 kg/m3. The coefficient of fluctuation of energy is 0.11. The
maximum and minimum speeds of the flywheel are 101 and 92. Determine the required mass of
the flywheel in kg.
168.5354728 kg
𝑷
(𝑪𝑬) [ (𝟒𝝅)
𝑵𝒎𝒂𝒙 + 𝑵𝒎𝒊𝒏 𝟐𝝅 ]
( )( )
𝒎= 𝟐 𝟔𝟎
𝟐
𝑵𝒎𝒂𝒙 + 𝑵𝒎𝒊𝒏 𝟐𝝅 𝑵 −𝑵
[(𝑹) [( ) ( )]] ( 𝑵𝒎𝒂𝒙 + 𝑵𝒎𝒊𝒏 )
𝟐 𝟔𝟎 𝒎𝒂𝒙 𝒎𝒊𝒏
𝟐
𝟐𝟑𝟎𝟎𝟎𝑾
(𝟎. 𝟏𝟏) [ (𝟒𝝅)
𝟏𝟎𝟏 + 𝟗𝟐 𝟐𝝅 ]
( )( )
𝒎= 𝟐 𝟔𝟎
𝟐
𝟏𝟎𝟏 + 𝟗𝟐 𝟐𝝅 𝟏𝟎𝟏 − 𝟗𝟐
[(𝟏. 𝟒𝒎) [( ) ( )]] (
𝟐 𝟔𝟎 𝟏𝟎𝟏 + 𝟗𝟐 )
𝟐
The flywheel rim weighs 150 kg and has a mean diameter of 650 mm. If the rim width is 2 times its
thickness, which of the following is the width of the flywheel? Assume the density of its material as 7200
kg/m3
𝒎 = 𝟐𝝅𝑹𝑨𝝆
𝟎. 𝟔𝟓𝒎 𝒃 𝒌𝒈
𝟏𝟓𝟎𝒌𝒈 = 𝟐𝝅 (𝒃𝒙 ) (𝟕𝟐𝟎𝟎 𝟑 ) = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟒𝟐𝟖𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟓𝟎𝟒𝒎 𝒐𝒓 𝟏𝟒𝟐. 𝟖𝟒𝟒𝟐𝟓𝟎𝟒𝒎𝒎
𝟐 𝟐 𝒎
Summative 3
A single disc clutch with both sides of the disc effective has outside diameter of 250 mm and inside
diameter of 150 mm. The applied force is limited to 20 kN based on axial pressure and the coefficient of
friction is 0.25. Which of the following is the total torque that the clutch transmits? Assume uniform
pressure conditions
2 𝑅3 − 𝑟3
𝑇 = 𝑛𝜇𝐹𝑎 [ ( 2 )]
3 𝑅 − 𝑟2
0.253 0.153
𝑘𝑔 − 𝑚 2 2 𝑚 − 2 𝑚)]
𝑇 = 2(0.25) (20,000 ) [ ( 2
𝑠2 3 0.25 0.152
𝑚− 𝑚
2 2
𝑻 = 𝟏𝟎𝟐𝟎. 𝟖𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 Nm
A single block brake, as shown, has a tangential braking force of 2000 N and normal force 6000 N
pressing on the brake block on the wheel. Which of the following is the force P required to operate the
brake?
CCW: above
𝑅𝑛 𝑥 + 𝐹𝑡 𝑎 = 𝑃𝑙
(6000𝑁)(200𝑚𝑚) + (2000𝑁)(50𝑚𝑚) = 𝑃(800𝑚𝑚)
P = 16255 N
A single block brake, as shown, requires an operating force of 700 N. If the coefficient of friction
between the drum and the lining is 0.3, which of the following is the tangential braking force Ft?
CW: above
𝑅𝑛 𝑥 = 𝑃𝑙 + 𝐹𝑡 𝑎
𝐹𝑡
( ) (200𝑚𝑚) = (700𝑁)(200𝑚𝑚 + 250𝑚𝑚) + (𝑥)(50𝑚𝑚)
0.3
𝑭𝒕 = 𝟓𝟏𝟎. 𝟖𝟏𝟎𝟖𝟏𝟎𝟖
A single block brake, as shown, requires an operating force of 600 N and has a normal force of 1200 N
pressing on the brake block on the wheel. Which of the following is the tangential braking force Ft?
CW: below
𝑅𝑛 𝑥 + 𝐹𝑡 𝑎 = 𝑃𝑙
(1200𝑁)(350𝑚𝑚) + 𝐹𝑡 (40𝑚𝑚) = (600𝑁)(750𝑚𝑚)
FT = 750 N
A plate clutch with single driving plate with contact surfaces on each is required to transmit 31 kW at
2700 rpm. Given that μ = 0.34, R = 1.25r, Pmax = 0.2 MPa, determine the outer radius of the frictional
surface in mm. Assume the uniform wear conditions.
𝑅+𝑟
𝑇 = 𝑛𝜇𝐹𝑎 ( 2
) 𝐹𝑎 = 𝑃𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑟(2𝜋)(𝑅 − 𝑟)
𝑅
(31000𝑊)(60) 𝑅 𝑅 𝑅+
= (2)(0.34)[(0.2𝑥10−3 𝐾𝑝𝑎)( )(2𝜋) (𝑅 − )] ( 1.25 )
2𝜋(2700𝑟𝑝𝑚) 1.25 1.25 2
R = 96.22679349mm
A cone clutch with face angle of 12.5° is to transmit 32,000 W at 1100 rpm from an electric motor. The
coefficient of friction is 0.2 and the cone mean diameter is 0.4 m. Determine the axial force necessary to
engage the clutch in N if the allowable normal pressure is 0.10 MPa.
𝐹𝑒 = 𝐹𝑛 (𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 + 0.25𝜇𝑐𝑜𝑠𝛼)
32000𝑊(60)
2𝜋(1100𝑟𝑝𝑚)
𝐹𝑒 = ( ) (sin (12.5) + 0.25(0.2)𝑐𝑜𝑠(12.5))
0.4𝑚
. 2( 2 )
Fe = 1842.17678 N
A band brake embraces a drum of 0.47 m diameter such that one end of the band is attached to the
fulcrum pin and the other end is attached to a pin B as shown. The operating force P is 200 N and the
coefficient of friction between the band and the drum is 0.23. Determine the braking torque that the
band brake provides in Nm.
𝑇𝐵 = (𝐹1− 𝐹2 )𝑟
𝜋
(0.23)(270( )) (450𝑚𝑚 + 75𝑚𝑚)(200) (450𝑚𝑚 + 75𝑚𝑚)(200) 0.47𝑚
𝑇𝐵 = [(𝑒 180 ( )−( )]( )
75 75 2
TB = 643.5361201 Nm
Summative 4
A helical compression spring is to be used for a maximum load of 1.5 kN using the spring index of 8. The
maximum permissible shear stress for the spring wire is 400 MPa. Which of the following is the wire
diameter of the spring to be used?
8𝐾𝐹𝐶
𝜏=
𝜋𝑑𝑤 2
4(𝐶) − 1 0.615
8[ + 𝐶 ] (1500𝑁)(𝐶)
4(𝐶) − 4
400𝑀𝑃𝑎 =
𝜋𝑑𝑤 2
𝒅𝒘 = 9.510641484 mm
The diameter of the bearing is 50.05 mm and the diameter of the journal is 50 mm. Which of the
following is the diametral clearance ratio?
𝐶 𝐷 − 𝑑 50.05 mm − 50 mm
= = = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟏
𝑑 𝑑 50 𝑚𝑚
Two helical springs A and B with ground ends are in parallel. The wire diameter of the springs A and B
are 11 mm and 7 mm, respectively, and the spring indices of A and B, are 6 and 9, respectively.
Determine the load supported by spring A in N if the load supported by spring B is 480 N.
8𝐹𝐶 31 𝑛𝑎 1 8𝐹𝐶 3 2 𝑛𝑎 2
=
𝐺𝑑𝑤 1 𝐺𝑑𝑤 2
𝐶 31 𝑛𝑎 1 𝐶 3 2 𝑛𝑎 2 𝐹(6)3 (480𝑁)(9)3
= = = = 𝟐𝟓𝟒𝟓. 𝟕𝟏𝟒𝟐𝟖𝟔 𝐍
𝑑𝑤 1 𝑑𝑤 2 11𝑚𝑚 7𝑚𝑚
A machinery uses a helical tension spring with wire diameter of 3 mm and coil outside diameter of 31
mm. The spring has 10 total coils. The design shear stress is 580 MPa and the modulus of rigidity is 81
GPa. Determine the force that causes the body of the spring to its shear stress in N. Consider ground
ends.
8𝐾𝐹𝐶
𝜏=
𝜋𝑑𝑤 2
31𝑚𝑚 − 3𝑚𝑚
4( )−1 0.615 31𝑚𝑚 − 3𝑚𝑚
8 [ 31𝑚𝑚 3− 3𝑚𝑚 + 31𝑚𝑚 − 3𝑚𝑚 ] (𝐹)( 3 )
4( 3 ) − 4 ( 3 )
580𝑀𝑃𝑎 =
𝜋(3𝑚𝑚)2
F = 190.0098137N
A ball bearing subjected to an equivalent dynamic load of 4,000 N is expected to have a life of 7.5 x 108
revolutions at 99% reliability. Determine the basic dynamic load rating of the bearing based on a
reliability of 90% in kN.
1
𝐿90 𝑘
𝐶 = 𝑊 ( 6)
10
1
𝐿𝑅 1 1.17
= 6.844 (𝑙𝑛 )
𝐿90 𝑅
1
7.5 x 108 1 1.17
= 6.844 (𝑙𝑛 )
𝐿90 0.99
𝐿90 = 5588422502
1
5588422502 3
𝐶 = 4( )
106
C = 70.98333538 kN
𝑘 = 3 for ball bearings

= 10 3 for roller bearings
A journal bearing for a pump has the following

properties:
Diametral clearance ratio = 0.0013 mm
Diameter of journal = 100 mm
Length of bearing = 150 mm
Speed of journal = 900 rpm
Lubricant viscosity = 0.02 kg/m-s
Lubricant temperature = 60°C
Ambient temperature = 16°C
Bearing pressure in pump = 1.5 MPa
Heat dissipation coefficient = 1,250 W/m2 -°C
Determine the amount of cooling (Qg-Qd) required in W.
𝜇𝑊𝑣 − 𝐶𝐴(𝑡𝑏 − 𝑡𝑎 )
𝑘𝑔
33 0.02 (900 𝑟𝑝𝑚) 1 0.1𝑚 2𝜋
𝑄𝑔 = [( )( 𝑚−𝑠
)( ) + 0.002] [(1.5𝑀𝑃𝑎)(150𝑚𝑚 𝑥 100𝑚𝑚)] [( ) (900𝑟𝑝𝑚 𝑥 )]
108 1.5 𝑀𝑃𝑎 0.0013 2 60
𝑄𝑔 = 535.037395𝑊
1 𝑊
Qd = ( ) (1250 2 ) (0.150𝑚 𝑥 0.100𝑚)(60°𝐶 − 16°𝐶)
2 𝑚 −°𝐶
Qd = 412.499445
amount of cooling =122.53795 W

A 150-mm diameter shaft supports a load of 12 kN. The shaft runs in a bearing whose length is
1.5 times the shaft diameter. Which of the following is the bearing pressure?
𝑊 = 𝑃(𝑙𝑥𝑑)
12000𝑁 = 𝑃(150𝑚𝑚𝑥(1.5(150𝑚𝑚))
0.3555555555MPa
Summative Assessment 1
An o pen belt drive operates Lin der the fo llowing ,conditi on : vel!ocity of
the belt i s 55 ft/ s, total tens ion on tigh t sid e of belt is 300 lb, an d total
tens ion on slac k side of be l,t is 50 lb. W hich of t he following is t he
power to be t aken off t he driven shaft?
13.7 50 ft ·Ibis
2,750 ft-Ibis
19.250 ft-Ibi s
16,500 ft -lb/s
𝑃𝑃 = (𝑇𝑇1 − 𝑇𝑇2 )𝜈𝜈

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑃𝑃 = �300𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑓𝑓 − 50𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑓𝑓 �(55 )
𝑠𝑠
𝒇𝒇𝒇𝒇−𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒇𝒇
𝑷𝑷 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒔𝒔
Two pulleys with diameter 500 mm and 1200 mm

are connected by crossed belt drive. lif the belt
transmits 20 hp and the distance between the shafts
is 4 m, which of the following is the angle of contact
between the belt and the pulley?
0.4 rad
2.8 rad
0.3 rad
3.5 rad
𝑑𝑑1 + 𝑑𝑑2
𝜃𝜃 = 𝜋𝜋 + 2 sin−1 � � 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2𝑥𝑥
500 + 1200
𝜃𝜃 = 𝜋𝜋 + 2 sin−1 � � 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2(4000)
𝜽𝜽 = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 𝒓𝒓𝒓𝒓𝒓𝒓
An open belt drive operates under the fol lowing
condition: velocity of the belt is 55 ft/s, total tens ion
on tight side of belt is 300 lb, and tota l tension on
slack side of belt is 50 lb. Which of the fo llowing is
the power to be taken off the driven shaft?
13,750 ft~lb/s
𝑃𝑃 = (𝑇𝑇1 − 𝑇𝑇2 )𝜐𝜐

𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑃𝑃 = (300 − 50)𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 ∗ �55 �
𝑠𝑠
𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍 − 𝒇𝒇𝒇𝒇
𝑷𝑷 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
𝒔𝒔
Wlh.ch of the fol lowiing is the tight sidle tension of the

belt drive given the following : slack side te ns1ion of
419 N, ooeffii cie nt of friction between belt and pu Illey
of 0.25, and ang le of co11tact of 199 ..2°?
824N
1176 N
176 N
1000 N
𝑇𝑇1
= 𝑒𝑒 𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇
𝑇𝑇2
𝑇𝑇1 199.2𝜋𝜋
= 𝑒𝑒 0.25( 180 )
419𝑁𝑁
𝑻𝑻𝟏𝟏 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐
A crosse d bell t d rive connects a 24 inches driving pu lley to a dr iven
pull ey 12 inches diameter. The speed of t he driving pu lley is 300 r pm
an d t he center dist ance between pulleys is 10 ft. W hich of t he
fo l lowing is the lengt h of t he belt requ ired?
109in
299 in
80in
297in
𝜋𝜋 (𝑑𝑑1 + 𝑑𝑑2 )2
𝐿𝐿 = (𝑑𝑑1 + 𝑑𝑑2 ) + 2𝑥𝑥 +
2 4𝑥𝑥
𝜋𝜋 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 (24𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 )2 𝑖𝑖𝑛𝑛2
𝐿𝐿 = (24𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + 12𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) + 2 �10𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ∗ 12 � +
2 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
4 �10𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 ∗ 12 � 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑳𝑳 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 𝒊𝒊𝒊𝒊
Wh ich of th e folllowing is th e su rface v eloc ity of a pulley 18 inches in

diamete r mount ed on a shaft runn ing at 350 rp m?
1187 fprn
122 fprn
1240lprn
1l 649 fpm
𝜐𝜐 = 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
18
(12) 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 2𝜋𝜋
𝜐𝜐 = 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓(350 ∗ )
2 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅
𝝊𝝊 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓 𝒇𝒇𝒇𝒇𝒇𝒇 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
Consider a eather belt with the following given:
w idth of 100 mm, thickness of 6.4 mm, velocity of
18.3 mis . Which of ~h,e follow1
i ng is the ,centrifugal
force across the belt? Niotte that the d,e nsi y of belt is
approximate y 974 kg/m 3
305 N
205 N
309 N
209 N
𝑚𝑚𝜈𝜈 2
𝑇𝑇𝑐𝑐 = = 𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝑝𝜈𝜈 2
𝐿𝐿
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑚𝑚 2
𝑇𝑇𝑐𝑐 = 974 ∗ 0.1𝑚𝑚 ∗ 0.0064𝑚𝑚 ∗ �18.3 �
𝑚𝑚3 𝑠𝑠
𝑻𝑻𝒄𝒄 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
A n o pen V- be lt driive operat es un der t he fo llowing co nd iti ons;

coeffic ien of fricti on betwee n bellt and p ullley of 0.1, slack side t ens ion
of 1500 N, angle of cont act of 120°, an d groove angle of 40 °. Which of
the follow in g is t he tight side t ension of the belt d rive?
2250
445 N
540 N
1840
NOTE: TIGHT SIDE 𝑇𝑇1 𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇

1
IF SLACK SIDE = 𝑒𝑒 sin (𝛽𝛽)
𝑇𝑇2
INTERCHANGE T1
𝑇𝑇1 120𝜋𝜋 1
AND T2 0.1∗ ∗
180 sin(20)
= 𝑒𝑒
1500N
𝑻𝑻𝟏𝟏 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
A be lt 200 mm wide and 8 mm thic k drives a pulley at b€ lt speed of 28
m/-s. The de nsity of the belt is 980 kg/m 3 and the coefficient of friction
between the be llt and pu ll€y is 0.35. Gi ven t hat the angle of con tact of
pu ll ey is 2n /3 and the allowa ble -stress of the belt is 1.8 MPa ,
determine the tens ion on t he s lack side of t he be lt (T 2l in
793.07
𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝑁𝑁 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝜎𝜎 = ; 1.8 = ; 𝑇𝑇 = 2880𝑁𝑁
𝐴𝐴 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 2 200𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ∗ 8𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑚𝑚 2
𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑇𝑇1 + 𝑇𝑇𝑐𝑐 ; 𝑇𝑇𝑐𝑐 = 𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜌𝜈𝜈 2 = 980 ∗ 0.2𝑚𝑚 ∗ 0.008𝑚𝑚 ∗ �28 � = 1229.312𝑁𝑁
𝑚𝑚3 𝑠𝑠
2880𝑁𝑁 = 𝑇𝑇1 + 1229.312𝑁𝑁; 𝑇𝑇1 = 1650.688𝑁𝑁
𝑇𝑇1 1650.688𝑁𝑁 2𝜋𝜋
= 𝑒𝑒 𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇 ; = 𝑒𝑒 0.35∗ 3
𝑇𝑇2 𝑇𝑇2
𝑻𝑻𝟐𝟐 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎
A cra ne is t o ra ise a lload of 1 1000 N at an acceleration of 1.3
m / s2 t hrough a 6 x 19 w ire rope whose weight is 23,000 N. The
diamet er of t he rope is 27 mm and t he rope drum d iameter is 906 mm.
Ta ke the Yo ung's mo dullus for t he wi re rope as 83 k N/ mm 2• Assume
dw = 0.063 d. Determi ne t he effe ctive loa d d uring acce lerati on of loa d
in k N.
78 .88
𝑊𝑊𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 𝑊𝑊𝐿𝐿 + 𝑊𝑊𝑟𝑟 + 𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏 + 𝑊𝑊𝑎𝑎

𝑊𝑊𝑟𝑟 = 23𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 𝑊𝑊𝐿𝐿 = 11𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
Type of11·i1'l' 6 x8 6 X 19 6 x3 8 X 19
rove
WiJ'l' diamerer 0.106 d 0.063 d 0.0-15 d 0.050d

(d~)
𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏 𝐸𝐸𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤

𝜎𝜎𝑏𝑏 = = ;
𝐴𝐴 𝐷𝐷
2 𝜋𝜋 𝜋𝜋 2
𝐴𝐴 = 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 𝑛𝑛 = �0.063(27)� 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2 (6𝑥𝑥19) = 259.0617888mm2
4 4
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏 83 2 ∗ 0.063(27)𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
= 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
259.0617888mm2 906𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏 = 40.3698902𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑊𝑊𝑎𝑎 (𝑊𝑊𝐿𝐿 + 𝑊𝑊𝑟𝑟 )𝑎𝑎
𝜎𝜎𝑎𝑎 = =
𝐴𝐴 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
𝑚𝑚
𝑊𝑊𝑎𝑎 (11𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘+23𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)�1.3 2�
259.0617888mm2
= 𝑠𝑠
𝑚𝑚
259.0617888mm2 �9.81 2�
𝑠𝑠
𝑊𝑊𝑎𝑎 = 4.505606524𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑊𝑊𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 11𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 23𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 40.3698902𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 + 4.505606524𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑾𝑾𝒂𝒂𝒂𝒂 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
Two pul leys which a re 260 mm in d iameter an d which am run at 1090
rpm a re connected by a V-bellt with an ang le of groove of 30". The
cross-secti on area (bx t) of t he be lt is 750 mm 2 and t he maxim m
tensille stress in the mat e dal is 6.1 M Pa. Dete rmine he power
transmitted between t he pu lley in kW if the centrifugall tens ion of the
be lt is 544 an d the coefficien t of fric ti on between belt and pulley is
0.23.
1090𝜋𝜋 𝑚𝑚
𝜐𝜐 = 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 ; 𝜐𝜐 = (0.130𝑚𝑚) � � = 14.8387893
30𝑠𝑠 𝑠𝑠
𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝑁𝑁 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝜎𝜎 = ; 6.1 = ; 𝑇𝑇 = 4575𝑁𝑁
𝐴𝐴 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2 750𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 𝑇𝑇1 + 𝑇𝑇𝑐𝑐 ; 4575𝑁𝑁 = 𝑇𝑇1 + 544𝑁𝑁; 𝑇𝑇1 = 4031𝑁𝑁
𝑇𝑇1 4031𝑁𝑁 1
0.23∗𝜋𝜋∗
= 𝑒𝑒 𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇csc (𝛽𝛽) ; = 𝑒𝑒 sin(15) ; 𝑇𝑇 = 247.1481419𝑁𝑁
2
𝑇𝑇2 𝑇𝑇2
𝑚𝑚
𝑃𝑃 = 𝑛𝑛(𝑇𝑇1 − 𝑇𝑇2 )𝜈𝜈 = 1(4031 − 247.1481419)𝑁𝑁 ∗ 14.8387893
𝑠𝑠
𝑷𝑷 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝑾𝑾 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝒌𝒌𝒌𝒌
A 10-hp m o or running .at 1 000 rpm is t o drive a cen rifug.al pump at

500 rpm. W hich of t he · a llowing should be the mea surement of th e
chain p itc h?
Less than or equal lo 20.0830 i-1
Less than or equal ·Lo 0.9321 in
Less than or equal lo 1.4797 in
Less than or equal lo 0.8538 in
2
900 3
𝑝𝑝 ≤ � �
𝑁𝑁1
2
900 3
𝑝𝑝 ≤ � �
1000
𝒑𝒑 ≤ 𝟎𝟎. 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 𝒊𝒊𝒊𝒊
Which of t he fo llowing is the pow er transmirtted by a 900 rp m motor

dr ivi ng a sh aft using an inverted t ooth chain? The p it ch of the cha in is
0.75 in , the numbe r of eeth on the smaller sprocket is 19, and t ile
velocity of chain is 900 f pm. Use a chain w idth of 1.2 5 in.
12 p
11 ·1p
10 ·1p
13 hp
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 𝜈𝜈
𝑃𝑃 = �1 − � ; 𝜈𝜈 = 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇𝑇
53 425(𝑇𝑇1 − 8)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
1.25𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 ∗ 0.75 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 ∗ 900 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 900
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑃𝑃 = �1 − �
53 425(19 − 8)
𝑷𝑷 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

The flywheel rim weighs 150 kg and has a mean d iameter of 650 mm. If
the rim w idt h is 2 times it s t l1ickness , wh ic h of the folllow ing is the
w idth of the flywheel? Assume t he density of its material as 7200
kg/m 3
143 rnm
51mm
101 rnm
71 mm
𝑚𝑚 = 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋
𝑥𝑥 = 𝑡𝑡; 𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔𝑔 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑏𝑏 = 2𝑥𝑥
0.65 𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
150𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 2𝜋𝜋 ∗ 𝑚𝑚 ∗ 2𝑥𝑥 ∗ 𝑥𝑥 ∗ 7200 3
2 𝑚𝑚
𝑥𝑥 = 0.07142212522m
𝑏𝑏 = 2(0.07142212522m)
𝒃𝒃 = 𝟎𝟎. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
An inverted tooth chain is used to transmit power from a 5-hp motor to a

driven shaft. The bigger sprocket has 42 teeth and runs at 600 rpm . If the
smaller sprocket has 21 teeth, which of th e following shou ld be the
measurement of the chain pitch?
Less than or equal to 12.2466 in
Less than or equal to 7 .7149 in
𝑁𝑁1 𝑇𝑇2 𝑁𝑁2 42

= ; = ; 𝑁𝑁 = 1200𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑁𝑁2 𝑇𝑇1 600 21 2
2 2
900 3 900 3
𝑝𝑝 ≤ � � ; 𝑝𝑝 ≤ � �
𝑁𝑁1 1200
𝒑𝒑 ≤ 𝟎𝟎. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
A single cylinder, fou r stroke engine develops 20 kW at mean speed of

300 rpm . If the coefficient of fluctuation of energy is 0.1 , which of the
following is the maximu m fluctuation of energy, ~ KE?
800 J
1600 J
400J
200J
∆𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾
𝐶𝐶𝐸𝐸 = ; 𝑃𝑃 = 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝜔𝜔
𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝜃𝜃
300𝜋𝜋
20𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � � ; 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 0.6366197724𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑚𝑚
30
∆𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾
0.1 =
0.6366197724𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 ∗ 4𝜋𝜋
∆𝑲𝑲𝑲𝑲 = 𝟎𝟎. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
An i nverted tooth cha in is used to transmit 10-hp to a driven shaft. The

chain runs at a ve locity of 1200 ft/min and the number of teeth on the
smaller sprocket i s 21. Wh ich of th e following is the wid th of chain if the
pitch of the cha in to be used is 1 in? Use a service factor of 1.4.
1.5 i1 1'1
1 111'1
0.75 in
𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤𝑤 𝜈𝜈
𝑃𝑃 = �1 − �
53 425(𝑇𝑇1 − 8)
𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓 𝑓𝑓𝑓𝑓
𝑤𝑤 ∗ 1𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 ∗ 1200 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 1200 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
10 ∗ 1.4 = �1 − �
53 425(21 − 8)
𝒘𝒘 = 𝟎𝟎. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 ≈ 𝟏𝟏 𝒊𝒊𝒊𝒊

T he areas in N-m above and below t he mean t orque lines in a t urn ing
moment d iag ram are as follows:
Which of he following is the value of t he maximum fluctuati on of

energy, Ll.K E?
380 -rn
410 N-rn
450 -m
415 -m
𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐴𝐴 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝑵𝑵𝑵𝑵 (𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)

𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐵𝐵 = −35 + 410 = 375𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐶𝐶 = −35 + 410 − 285 = 90𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐷𝐷 = −35 + 410 − 285 + 325 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 (𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)
𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐸𝐸 = −35 + 410 − 285 + 325 − 335 = 80𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐹𝐹 = −35 + 410 − 285 + 325 − 335 + 260 = 340𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐺𝐺 = −35 + 410 − 285 + 325 − 335 + 260 − 365 = −25𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐻𝐻 = −35 + 410 − 285 + 325 − 335 + 260 − 365 + 285 = 260𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾 = −35 + 410 − 285 + 325 − 335 + 260 − 365 + 285 + 260 = 0𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
∆𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾 = 𝑚𝑚aximum energy − minimum energy
∆𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾 = 415 − (−35) 𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
∆𝑲𝑲𝑲𝑲 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
A RC40 is used to transm it powe r from a 15 hp motor to a driven shaft
for an agrirnlt urall machine ry. Service factor is 1.5. Th€ number of teet h
on the sma lller sprocket is 30. The target speed of the driven shaft
shou ld be half the s peed of t he drive r. Determ ine the requi red numbe r
of links fo r t he chain.
Approxima e the average center distance using Cave "' D2 D1/ 2 where
D = smallle r diameter.
IR!ound yom answer up, to the nearest whole number.. Do not expr,ess to
the nearest even number.
94
Chain 25 35 41 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 240

No.
Pitch I 3 I I 5 3 11-I }l2 124 2!'1 212
4 i 2 2 8 :r 1 2
𝑇𝑇1 + 𝑇𝑇2 2𝐶𝐶 𝑇𝑇2 − 𝑇𝑇1 2 𝑝𝑝

𝐾𝐾 = + +� � � �
2 𝑝𝑝 2𝜋𝜋 𝐶𝐶
1
𝑁𝑁2 = 𝑁𝑁1 ; 2𝑁𝑁2 = 𝑁𝑁1 (𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴)
2
𝑁𝑁1 𝑇𝑇2 2𝑁𝑁2 𝑇𝑇2
= ; = ; 𝑇𝑇 = 60
𝑁𝑁2 𝑇𝑇1 𝑁𝑁2 30 2
1
180° 𝑝𝑝 180° 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
sin � �= ; sin � � = 2 ; 𝐷𝐷1 = 4.783386117𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑇𝑇1 𝐷𝐷1 30 𝐷𝐷1
1
180° 𝑝𝑝 180° 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
sin � �= ; sin � � = 2 ; 𝐷𝐷2 = 9.553661305𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑇𝑇2 𝐷𝐷2 60 𝐷𝐷2
𝐷𝐷1 4.783386117𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝐶𝐶𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 𝐷𝐷2 + = 9.553661305𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 + = 11.94535436𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
2 2
30 + 60 2(11.94535436𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖) 60 − 30 2 1/2
𝐾𝐾 = + +� � � �
2 1/2 2𝜋𝜋 11.94535436𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖
𝑲𝑲 = 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍 𝒐𝒐𝒐𝒐 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍𝒍
A 4-stroke eng ine produ ces a power of 23 kW. T he flywheel has a
rad ius of 1.4 m and the density of the material is 72 00 kg/ m 3 . The
coefficient of fluc t uati on of ene rgy is 0 .11. The max imum and min imum
speeds of the flywheel arc ll.01 and 92 . Det ermine t he requi red mass of
t he flywheel in kg.
168. 54
∆𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾
𝑚𝑚 =
𝜈𝜈 2 𝐶𝐶𝑠𝑠
𝑁𝑁𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 − 𝑁𝑁𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 101 − 92 18
𝐶𝐶𝑠𝑠 = = =
(𝑁𝑁𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑁𝑁𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ) (101 + 92) 193
2 2
(𝑁𝑁𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑁𝑁𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ) 101 + 92 193
𝑁𝑁𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = = = 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
2 2 2
𝑁𝑁𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝜋𝜋 193𝜋𝜋 193𝜋𝜋 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅
𝜔𝜔 = = =
30 2(30) 60 𝑠𝑠
193𝜋𝜋 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 1351
𝜐𝜐 = 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 1.4𝑚𝑚 ∗ = 𝜋𝜋
60 𝑠𝑠 300
193𝜋𝜋 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅
𝑃𝑃 = 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝜔𝜔; 23𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘 = 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 � � ; 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 2.27599815𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑚𝑚
60 𝑠𝑠
0 =a11glle turned in rad

0 = 21l for steam engines and 2 s rake ICE
0 = 41l for 4 stroke ICIE
∆𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾 ∆𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾
𝐶𝐶𝑠𝑠 = ; 0.11 = ; ∆𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾 = 3.14611399𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝜃𝜃 (2.27599815𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘)(4𝜋𝜋)
3.14611399 ∗ 1000𝐽𝐽
𝑚𝑚 =
1351 2 𝑚𝑚2 18
� 300 𝜋𝜋� � 2 � ∗ 193
𝑠𝑠
𝒎𝒎 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
A single disc c utch wi h bo h sfdes of the d isc effecti ve has ou tside

dia mete r of 250 mm an d ins id e di amete r of 150 mm. The applie d fo rce
is !limite d to 20 kN based on .axia ll pressure and the coefficient of
friction is 0.25. W hich of t he fo lllowin is the o al torq e tha t the
du tch t ransmits? Assume unifo rm p ressu re conditi ons,
510 Nm
1000 m
1020 m
500 Nm
2 𝑅𝑅3 − 𝑟𝑟 3
𝑇𝑇 = 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝐹𝐹𝑎𝑎 � � 2 ��
3 𝑅𝑅 − 𝑟𝑟 2
2 0.2503 − 0.1503
𝑇𝑇 = 0.25 ∗ 20,000𝑁𝑁 � � �� 𝑚𝑚
3 0.2502 − 0.1502
𝑻𝑻 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
A single bllock bra ke, as shown, requi res an operating form of 700 N . If
the coefficient of fricti on betvveen the drum and t he lin ing is 0 .3 which
of t he fo lllowing is t h@ tangentia l! brak ing force Ft?
440 N
670 N
510 N
315 N
𝐹𝐹𝑡𝑡
𝐹𝐹𝑡𝑡 = 𝑅𝑅𝑁𝑁 𝜇𝜇; 𝑅𝑅𝑁𝑁 =
𝜇𝜇
� = 0 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 − 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶 +
𝑀𝑀
(−𝑃𝑃 ∗ 𝑙𝑙) + (𝑅𝑅𝑁𝑁 ∗ 𝑥𝑥) − (𝐹𝐹𝑡𝑡 ∗ 𝑎𝑎) = 0

𝐹𝐹𝑡𝑡
(−𝑃𝑃 ∗ 𝑙𝑙) + � ∗ 𝑥𝑥� − (𝐹𝐹𝑡𝑡 ∗ 𝑎𝑎) = 0
𝜇𝜇
𝐹𝐹𝑡𝑡
(−700𝑁𝑁 ∗ 450) + � ∗ (200)� − (∗ (125 − 50)) = 0
0.3
𝑭𝑭𝒕𝒕 = 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓. 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
A single block brake. as shown, has a tangentia l braking force of 2000
N and normal force 6000 N pressing on t he brake block on the w heel.
Which of t he following is the force P requ ired to operate t he brake?
i- 21JO - + l i + - - - - 600 ------a..i
I'
2150N
1375 N
1850N
@ 1625 N
𝑀𝑀
−(𝑃𝑃 ∗ 𝑙𝑙) + (𝑅𝑅𝑁𝑁 ∗ 𝑥𝑥) + (𝐹𝐹𝑡𝑡 ∗ 𝑎𝑎) = 0

−(𝑃𝑃 ∗ 800𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚) + (6000𝑁𝑁 ∗ 200𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚) + (2000𝑁𝑁 ∗ 50𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚) = 0
𝑷𝑷 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
A single block brake, as shown, has a tangential braking force of 2500 N
and normal force of 9000 N pressing on the brake block on the wheel.
Which of the location of fulcrum x to make the brake self-locking?
f...-200 -+1---- 600- - -....
i
p
210mm
720mm
560mm
670mm
𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑃𝑃 = 0,

(𝑃𝑃 ∗ 𝑙𝑙) − (𝑅𝑅𝑁𝑁 ∗ 𝑥𝑥) + (𝐹𝐹𝑡𝑡 ∗ 𝑎𝑎) = 0
(0 ∗ 800𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚) − (9000𝑁𝑁 ∗ 200𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚) + (2500𝑁𝑁 ∗ 𝑥𝑥) = 0
𝑥𝑥 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕
A cone dutch with face angle of 12.5° is to t ransm it 32,000 W a 800
rpm from an electric motor. The rneffi,cient of fricti on i'S 0 .2 and the
cone mean d iame er is 0 ,5 m. Determine the axial form neces'Sa ry to
engage t he du ch in N if the allowable no rmal pressure is 0.09 MPa .
2,026.39
𝑃𝑃 = 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝜔𝜔
800𝜋𝜋
32000𝑊𝑊 = 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 ∗ ; 𝑇𝑇𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 = 381.978634𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
30
𝑇𝑇 = 𝜇𝜇𝐹𝐹𝑁𝑁 𝑅𝑅𝑚𝑚
0.5
381.978634𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 = 0.2 ∗ 𝐹𝐹𝑁𝑁 ∗ 𝑚𝑚; 𝐹𝐹𝑁𝑁 = 7639.437268𝑁𝑁
2
𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑒 = 𝐹𝐹𝑁𝑁 (𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 + 0.25𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇)
𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑒 = 7639.437268𝑁𝑁(sin (12.5) + 0.25 ∗ 0.2 ∗ cos (12.5))
𝑭𝑭𝒆𝒆 = 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐. 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
A pllat e du tch w frt h single driving plate with contact surfaces on @ach is
requ ired t o transmfrt 24 kW .a t 2700 rpm. Gfrven · ha t µ = 0.32 , R =
1.25r, Pmax"' 0.2 M Pa, det ermine he outer radius of t he fr"cti ona l
sl 1rface in mm. Assume t he un iform wea r cond i ·ans.
90.16
Correct
𝑃𝑃 = 𝑇𝑇𝜔𝜔
2700𝜋𝜋
24000𝑊𝑊 = 𝑇𝑇 ∗ ; 𝑇𝑇 = 84.88263632𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 = 84882.63632𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁
30
𝐹𝐹𝑎𝑎 𝐹𝐹𝑎𝑎 𝑁𝑁 𝑁𝑁
= 𝑃𝑃𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 𝑟𝑟 ; = �0.2 � 𝑟𝑟 ; 𝐹𝐹
𝑎𝑎 = [2𝜋𝜋(1.25𝑟𝑟 − 𝑟𝑟)] �0.2 � 𝑟𝑟
2𝜋𝜋(𝑅𝑅 − 𝑟𝑟) 2𝜋𝜋(1.25𝑟𝑟 − 𝑟𝑟) 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2
𝑅𝑅 + 𝑟𝑟 𝑁𝑁 1.25𝑟𝑟 + 𝑟𝑟
𝑇𝑇 = 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛𝐹𝐹𝑎𝑎 � � ; 84882.63632𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁𝑁 = (2)(0.32) �[2𝜋𝜋(1.25𝑟𝑟 − 𝑟𝑟)] �0.2 2
� (𝑟𝑟)� � �
2 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 2
𝑟𝑟 = 72.12937408𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑅𝑅 = 1.25𝑟𝑟 = 1.25 ∗ 72.12937408𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑅𝑅 = 90.16171759𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
A band brake em braces a drum of 0.4 7 m di amete r such hat on e end
of t he band is attached t o the flllcrum pin and t he othe r en d is attached
to a pin Bas shown. The ope rati ng force P is 140 N and the coefficient
of fricti on between the band and the drum is 0 .28. Dete rmine t he
brak ing to rque that the band bra ke prov ides in Nm.
:r
di
631.35
𝑀𝑀
𝑃𝑃 ∗ 𝑙𝑙 − 𝑇𝑇2 ∗ 𝑥𝑥 = 0
(140𝑁𝑁 ∗ (450 + 75)𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚) − (𝑇𝑇2 ∗ 75𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚) = 0
𝑇𝑇2 = 980𝑁𝑁
𝑇𝑇1 (0.28)�
270𝜋𝜋
�
= 𝑒𝑒 𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇 ; 𝑇𝑇1 = 𝑒𝑒 𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇 𝑇𝑇2 ; 𝑇𝑇1 = 𝑒𝑒 180 980𝑁𝑁
𝑇𝑇2
𝑇𝑇𝑏𝑏 = (𝑇𝑇1 − 𝑇𝑇2 )𝑟𝑟
(0.28)�
270𝜋𝜋
� 0.47
𝑇𝑇𝑏𝑏 = 𝑒𝑒 180 980𝑁𝑁 − 980𝑁𝑁) ∗ 𝑚𝑚
2
𝑻𝑻𝒃𝒃 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔. 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑
D Question 1 2 pts
Which of the following is TRUE for springs in parallel?
1/kT • 1/kl + 1/k2 + .. + 1/kn
1 kT : kl : k2: ... : kn
FT • F1 • F2 • ... • Fn
D Question 2 2 pis
Which of the following is the type of end in the comp.-cssion spring shown?
«JJm --0-
y G,ound end (plain)
Squ.;:ired and sround end
Pfau, ~nd
Squared end
D Question 3 2 pts
Which of the followlng Is given by the formula (D-Cl)/d where D Is rhe diameter ot che
bear1ng and d rs the diameter of the Journal?
DiametraJ clearance
R.adi.al clearance
• Di::unetr;t.J cle:ior.:t.nce l":lltio
Ec:contricity
D Question 4 2 pts
Which of the following is the number of revolutions that 90% of a group of bearings
will complete before evidence of fatigue develops?
Equivalent dynamic load
Reliability
Basic dynamic load rating
• Rating life
properties shown below?
• F"' 500
•C -8
• nT -14
• G "' 84 GPa
• d...,. = 8 mm
Type ,o f encls Active ooil,s

Ground na • nT
Plain tl,o- tl f
I
Squared &
n., = n - 2
Grou nd
rs;;-ared na • n r - 2
48.76mm
57.14mm
• 36.57mm
42.67mm
8𝐹𝐹𝐶𝐶 3 𝑛𝑛
𝛿𝛿 =
𝐺𝐺𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤
8 ∗ 500𝑁𝑁 ∗ 83 ∗ (14 − 2)
𝛿𝛿 =
𝑁𝑁
8400 ∗ 8𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2
𝜹𝜹 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑. 𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓𝟓
D Question 6 4pts
The dlamete ·of the bearing is 50.05 mm and t e diamete of tl1e journal is 50 mm.
Which o the fol lowing is the diametral clearance ratio?
1.001
• 0.001
0.999
" Previous
50.05 − 50 𝑐𝑐 𝐷𝐷 − 𝑑𝑑
= = = 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅
50 𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑
𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 = 𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫𝑫 𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪𝑪 𝑹𝑹𝑹𝑹𝑹𝑹𝑹𝑹𝑹𝑹
D Question 7 6 pts
A machinery uses a helical tens ion spring with wire diameter ,o f 3 mm and coi l outside
diameter ,o f 34 mm. The spring has 8 t otal co:ils. The design sh ar st ress is 570 MPa
a d ~h modulus of rigidity is 82 GP . D t rmin th or that e,au th body of
the spring to its shear s ress in N. Consid r ground e11ds.
Type of ends, Act,v,e coi lls

Ground na = n T
IPlaiin na = nT
Squared&.
Ground
na = nr- 2
Squared na = nr - 2
171.03
8𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾 4𝐶𝐶 − 1 0.615 𝐷𝐷𝑚𝑚

𝜏𝜏𝑠𝑠 = 2 ; 𝐾𝐾 = + ; 𝐶𝐶 =
𝜋𝜋𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 4𝐶𝐶 − 4 𝐶𝐶 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤
34 − 3
4� 3 � − 1 0.615 34 − 3
8 ∗ � 34 − 3 + 34 − 3 � ∗ 𝐹𝐹 ∗ � 3 �
4�
570
𝑁𝑁
= 3 �−4 � 3 �
𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2 𝜋𝜋 ∗ 32 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚2
𝑭𝑭 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎
D Questfon 8 6 pts
Two heli I spring A and B w ith ground end are in p r: llel. The wire diameler of the
s rings A and B a1re 1.0 mm and 7 mm, respectively and the spring ind ices of A. and 18,
are 4 and 9, respectively. Determine the load supported by spning A in - if tihe load
supported by sp ring Bis 470 .
71647.99
,. Previous
8𝐹𝐹𝐶𝐶 3 𝑛𝑛
𝛿𝛿 = ; 𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑒𝑒 𝛿𝛿1 = 𝛿𝛿2
𝐺𝐺𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤
8𝐹𝐹1 𝐶𝐶 31 𝑛𝑛 8𝐹𝐹2 𝐶𝐶 3 2 𝑛𝑛
=
𝐺𝐺𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 1 𝐺𝐺𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 2
𝐹𝐹1 𝐶𝐶 31 𝐹𝐹2 𝐶𝐶 3 2
=
𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 1 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 2
𝐹𝐹1 ∗ 43 470𝑁𝑁 ∗ 93
=
10𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 7𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚
𝑭𝑭𝟏𝟏 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
D Question ·9 6 pts
A ball bearing subjected to an equivalent dynamic load of 4,000 N is expected to

have a lif of 9.0 x 108 revolutions t 99% reliability. De rmin@ the l:>asic dynamic
load rating oft b aring based on a r liab ility of 90% in kN.
75,43
◄ Previous
1
𝐿𝐿 1 1.17
= 6.844 �ln � ��
𝐿𝐿90 𝑅𝑅
1
9.0𝑥𝑥108 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 1 1.17
= 6.844 �ln � ��
𝐿𝐿90 0.99
𝐿𝐿90 = 6706107003𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
1
𝐿𝐿 𝑘𝑘
𝐶𝐶 = 𝑊𝑊 � 6 � ; 𝑘𝑘 = 3
10
1
6706107003𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 3
𝐶𝐶 = 4𝑘𝑘𝑁𝑁 � �
106
𝑪𝑪 = 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕. 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
D Question 10 6 pts
A j1ournal bearing for a pump has the following prop rlies:
• Diametral clearance ratio= 0.0013 mm

• Diameter of journa l = 90 mm
• length of bearing= 160 mm
• Speed of journal = 900 rpm
• Lubricant viscosity - 0.0 2 kg/m-s 1
• lubricant temperature = 60°C

• Ambient temperature = 16°C
• Bea ring pressure in pump - 1.3 MPa
• Heat dissipation coefficient = 1,250 W/m2 -°C
Determine the amount of cooling (Q~-Q d) 1required in W .
41.84
33 𝑍𝑍𝑁𝑁 𝑑𝑑 1
𝑄𝑄𝑔𝑔 = 𝜇𝜇𝑊𝑊𝜈𝜈; 𝜇𝜇 = 8
� � � � + 𝑘𝑘; 𝑄𝑄𝑑𝑑 = 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶(𝑡𝑡𝑏𝑏 − 𝑡𝑡𝑎𝑎 )
10 𝑝𝑝 𝑐𝑐 2
Solve for 𝜇𝜇
𝑐𝑐
𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆𝑆 𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟 = 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑘𝑘 = 0.002
𝑑𝑑
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
33 �0.02 𝑚𝑚𝑠𝑠� (900𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) 1
𝜇𝜇 = � 8 � � �� + 0.002
10 (1.3)𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎 0.0013
233
𝜇𝜇 =
42250
Solve for 𝑄𝑄𝑔𝑔
𝑘𝑘𝑘𝑘
⎛ 33 �0.02 𝑚𝑚𝑠𝑠� (900𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟) 1 ⎞
𝑄𝑄𝑔𝑔 = ⎜� 8 � � �� + 0.002 ⎟ (1.3𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎(90
10 (1.3)𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑎𝑎 0.0013
⎝ ⎠
𝜋𝜋 ∗ 0.09𝑚𝑚 ∗ 900𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
∗ 160)𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚^2)( )
60
𝑸𝑸𝒈𝒈 = 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝑾𝑾
Solve for 𝑄𝑄𝑑𝑑
1 𝑊𝑊
𝑄𝑄𝑑𝑑 = ∗ 1250 2 ℃ ∗ (0.09 ∗ 0.16)𝑚𝑚2 (60 − 16)℃
2 𝑚𝑚
𝑸𝑸𝒅𝒅 = 𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝑾𝑾
Solve for 𝑄𝑄𝑔𝑔 − 𝑄𝑄𝑑𝑑
𝑄𝑄𝑔𝑔 − 𝑄𝑄𝑑𝑑 = 437.8432848𝑊𝑊 − 396 𝑊𝑊
𝑄𝑄𝑔𝑔 − 𝑄𝑄𝑑𝑑 =𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒.𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 𝑾𝑾

3/31/22, 12:18 PM [S1-SUMMATIVE] Summative Assessment 1: 2TSY2122_ME0041/ME0041LL/MEMACDES2_TK41/ME41/TK079-1
Score for this quiz: 40 out of 40

Submitted Feb 4 at 8:34am
This attempt took 92 minutes.
Question 1 2 / 2 pts
A V-belt has a cross-sectional area of a regular pentagon.
True
False
When you have a 8 x 19 wire rope, it means the number of strands is 8

while the number of wires in each strand is 19.
True
False
Which of the following type of flat belt drive is shown?
https://feu.instructure.com/courses/75022/quizzes/752789?module_item_id=2783580 1/5
Quarter turn belt drive
Open belt drive
Cross belt drive
Compound belt drive
A crossed belt drive connects a 24 inches driving pulley to a driven pulley

12 inches diameter. The speed of the driving pulley is 300 rpm and the
center distance between pulleys is 10 ft. Which of the following is the
length of the belt required?
80 in
297 in
109 in
299 in
Two pulleys with diameter 500 mm and 1200 mm are connected by

crossed belt drive. If the belt transmits 20 hp and the distance between
the shafts is 4 m, which of the following is the angle of contact between
the belt and the pulley?
0.4 rad
0.3 rad
2.8 rad
3.5 rad
Which of the following is the surface velocity of a pulley 18 inches in

diameter mounted on a shaft running at 350 rpm?
1240 fpm
1187 fpm
122 fpm
1649 fpm
Incorrect Question 7 4 / 4 pts
An open V-belt drive operates under the following conditions: coefficient of

friction between belt and pulley of 0.1, slack side tension of 1500 N, angle
of contact of 120°, and groove angle of 40°. Which of the following is the
tight side tension of the belt drive?
445 N
540 N
2250 N
1840 N
Bonus
A belt 200 mm wide and 7 mm thick drives a pulley at belt speed of 25

m/s. The density of the belt is 980 kg/m3 and the coefficient of friction
between the belt and pulley is 0.23. Given that the angle of contact of
pulley is 2π/3 and the allowable stress of the belt is 1.8 MPa, determine
the tension on the slack side of the belt (T2) in N
1,026.97
A crane is to raise a load of 17,000 N at an acceleration of 1.2

m/s2 through a 6 x 19 wire rope whose weight is 20,000 N. The diameter
of the rope is 24 mm and the rope drum diameter is 915 mm. Take the
Young’s modulus for the wire rope as 85 kN/mm2. Assume dw = 0.063 d.
Determine the effective load during acceleration of load in kN.
70.28
Two pulleys which are 280 mm in diameter and which are run at 1010 rpm
are connected by a V-belt with an angle of groove of 30°. The cross-
section area (b x t) of the belt is 750 mm2 and the maximum tensile stress
in the material is 6.8 MPa. Determine the power transmitted between the
pulley in kW if the centrifugal tension of the belt is 411 N and the
coefficient of friction between belt and pulley is 0.19.
62.51
Quiz Score: 40 out of 40
The length of an open belt drive is the same as the

twisted belt drive.
True
False
If the groove angle is 20 degrees, the angle β

involved in the formula for the ratio of tensions in the
V-belt is 40 degrees.
True
False
Which of the following type of flat belt drive is

shown?
Cross belt drive
Open belt drive
Compound belt drive
Two pulleys with diameter 500 mm and 1200 mm

are connected by crossed belt drive. If the belt
transmits 20 hp and the distance between the shafts
is 4 m, which of the following is the angle of contact
between the belt and the pulley?
2.8 rad
3.5 rad
0.3 rad
0.4 rad
A crossed belt drive connects a 24 inches driving

pulley to a driven pulley 12 inches diameter. The
speed of the driving pulley is 300 rpm and the center
distance between pulleys is 10 ft. Which of the
following is the length of the belt required?
109 in
80 in
299 in
297 in
Which of the following is the surface velocity of a

pulley 18 inches in diameter mounted on a shaft
running at 350 rpm?
122 fpm
1649 fpm
1240 fpm
1187 fpm
An open V-belt drive operates under the following

conditions: coefficient of friction between belt and
pulley of 0.1, tight side tension of 1500 N, angle of
contact of 120°, and groove angle of 40°. Which of
the following is the slack side tension of the belt
drive?
1840 N
445 N
540 N
2250 N
Bonus
A belt 200 mm wide and 8 mm thick drives a pulley

at belt speed of 28 m/s. The density of the belt is
980 kg/m3 and the coefficient of friction between the
belt and pulley is 0.35. Given that the angle of
contact of pulley is 2π/3 and the allowable stress of
the belt is 1.7 MPa, determine the tension on the
slack side of the belt (T2) in N
716.2
A crane is to raise a load of 17,000 N at an

acceleration of 1.2 m/s2 through a 6 x 19 wire rope
whose weight is 20,000 N. The diameter of the rope
is 24 mm and the rope drum diameter is 915 mm.
Take the Young’s modulus for the wire rope as 85
kN/mm2. Assume dw = 0.063 d. Determine the
effective load during acceleration of load in kN.
70.28
Two pulleys which are 270 mm in diameter and

which are run at 1310 rpm are connected by a V-belt
with an angle of groove of 30°. The cross-section
area (b x t) of the belt is 750 mm2 and the maximum
tensile stress in the material is 5.9 MPa. Determine
the power transmitted between the pulley in kW if
the centrifugal tension of the belt is 431 N and the
58.7
[S1-SUMMATIVE] Summative Assessment 1

Due
Feb 4 at 9am
Points
40
Questions
10
Available
Feb 4 at 7am - Feb 4 at 9am
about 2 hours
Time Limit
120 Minutes
Instructions
This summative assessment covers Module 1 and must be taken during synchronous class hours as
scheduled with your camera on. Express your numerical answers to 2 decimal places unless otherwise
stated.
Notify me through Zoom chat for any concern during the SA and once finished.
Good luck!
This quiz was locked Feb 4 at 9am.
Attempt History
Attempt Time Score
LATEST Attempt 1
69 minutes 40 out of 40

Correct answers are hidden.
Score for this quiz:

40 out of 40
Question 1 2
/ 2 pts


True

False
Question 2 2
/ 2 pts
The length of an open belt drive is the same as the twisted belt drive.

True

False
Question 3 2
/ 2 pts
Which of the following type of flat belt drive is shown?

Compound belt drive


Open belt drive

Cross belt drive
Question 4 4
/ 4 pts


0.3 rad

2.8 rad

3.5 rad

0.4 rad
Question 5 4
/ 4 pts


299 in

80 in

109 in

297 in
Question 6 4
/ 4 pts
Consider a leather belt with the following given: width of 100 mm,
thickness of 6.4 mm, velocity of 18.3 m/s. Which of the following is the
centrifugal force across the belt? Note that the density of belt is
approximately 974 kg/m3

309 N

205 N

209 N

305 N
Question 7 4
/ 4 pts

friction between belt and pulley of 0.1, tight side tension of 1500 N, angle
slack side tension of the belt drive?

445 N

2250 N

540 N

1840 N
Bonus
Question 8 6
/ 6 pts

827.71
Question 9 6
/ 6 pts

78.88
Question 10 6
/ 6 pts

52.75
Quiz Score:
40 out of 40

Due Feb 4 at 9am Points 40 Questions 10
Available Feb 4 at 7am - Feb 4 at 9am about 2 hours Time Limit 120 Minutes
Instructions
stated.
Good luck!
Attempt History
Attempt Time Score
LATEST Attempt 1 95 minutes 40 out of 40


True
False

If the groove angle is 20 degrees, the angle β involved in the formula for
the ratio of tensions in the V-belt is 40 degrees.
True
False
In which of the following directions does the shaft rotate in a open belt
drive?
Cannot be determined
Perpendicular
Opposite
Same

2.8 rad
0.4 rad
0.3 rad
3.5 rad
Which of the following is the surface velocity of a pulley 18 inches in

diameter mounted on a shaft running at 350 rpm?
122 fpm
1240 fpm
1187 fpm
1649 fpm

80 in
297 in
109 in
299 in

friction between belt and pulley of 0.1, tight side tension of 1500 N, angle
slack side tension of the belt drive?
1840 N
540 N
2250 N
445 N

930.38

69.54
34.67
3/30/22, 12:12 AM [S2-SUMMATIVE] Summative Assessment 2: 2TSY2122_ME0041/ME0041LL/MEMACDES2_TK41/ME41/TK079-1
An inverted tooth chain is also called a silent chain.
True
False
The change in energy can be determined using the

turning moment diagram.
True
False
The higher the coefficient of fluctuation of energy,

the higher the change in kinetic energy.
True
False
https://feu.instructure.com/courses/75022/quizzes/752785 1/5
Which of the following is the pitch of RC80?
8 in
0 in
80 in
1 in
An inverted tooth chain is used to transmit power

from a 5-hp motor to a driven shaft. The bigger
sprocket has 42 teeth and runs at 600 rpm. If the
smaller sprocket has 21 teeth, which of the following
should be the measurement of the chain pitch?
Which of the following is the power transmitted by a

900 rpm motor driving a shaft using an inverted tooth
chain? The pitch of the chain is 0.75 in, the number
of teeth on the smaller sprocket is 19, and the
velocity of chain is 900 fpm. Use a chain width of
1.25 in.
10 hp
13 hp
12 hp
11 hp
The flywheel rim weighs 150 kg and has a mean

diameter of 650 mm. If the rim width is 2 times its
thickness, which of the following is the width of the
flywheel? Assume the density of its material as 7200
kg/m3
101 mm
71 mm
143 mm
51 mm
An engine runs at 95 rad/s and has a maximum

fluctuation of energy ∆KE of 2475 N-m. The
coefficient of fluctuation of speed of 0.02. If the
flywheel has a mean diameter of 650 mm, which of
the following is the mass of the flywheel rim?
14 kg
130 kg
32 kg
40 kg
A single cylinder, four stroke engine develops 20 kW

at mean speed of 300 rpm. If the coefficient of
fluctuation of energy is 0.1, which of the following is
the maximum fluctuation of energy, ∆KE?
800 J
200 J
400 J
1600 J
A RC100 is used to transmit power from a 12 hp

motor to a driven shaft for an agricultural machinery.
Service factor is 1.5. The number of teeth on the
smaller sprocket is 29. The target speed of the
driven shaft should be half the speed of the driver.
Approximate the average center distance using
Cave = D2 + D1/2 where D1 = smaller diameter.
Round your answer up to the nearest whole
number. Do not express to the nearest even
number.
91
A 4-stroke engine produces a power of 16 kW. The

flywheel has a radius of 1.4 m and the density of the
material is 7200 kg/m3. The coefficient of fluctuation
of energy is 0.13. The maximum and minimum
speeds of the flywheel are 102 and 96. Determine
the required mass of the flywheel in kg.
197.47
Submission Details:

In a chain drive, the pitch is the distance from one sprocket to another
sprocket.
True
False
The higher the coefficient of fluctuation of energy, the higher the change
in kinetic energy.
True
False
The flywheel can store and release energy in terms of kinetic, potential-
gravitational and potential-elastic energies.
True
False

Which of the following is the relation between the pitch of the chain and
pitch circle diameter of the sprocket?
p = D sin⁡(120°/T)
p = D sin⁡(360°/T)
p = D sin⁡(180°/T)
p = D sin⁡(90°/T)
A 10-hp motor running at 1000 rpm is to drive a centrifugal pump at 500

rpm. Which of the following should be the measurement of the chain
pitch?
Which of the following is the power transmitted by a 900 rpm motor driving
a shaft using an inverted tooth chain? The pitch of the chain is 0.75 in, the
number of teeth on the smaller sprocket is 19, and the velocity of chain is
900 fpm. Use a chain width of 1.25 in.
11 hp
13 hp
12 hp
10 hp
An engine runs at 95 rad/s and has a maximum fluctuation of

energy ∆KE of 2475 N-m. The coefficient of fluctuation of speed of 0.02. If
the flywheel has a mean diameter of 650 mm, which of the following is
the mass of the flywheel rim?
40 kg
32 kg
14 kg
130 kg
A single cylinder, four stroke engine develops 20 kW at mean speed of

300 rpm. If the coefficient of fluctuation of energy is 0.1, which of the
following is the maximum fluctuation of energy, ∆KE?
400 J
1600 J
800 J
200 J
The areas in N-m above and below the mean torque lines in a turning
moment diagram are as follows:
Which of the following is the value of the maximum fluctuation of energy,

∆KE?
415 N-m
450 N-m
410 N-m
380 N-m
A RC30 is used to transmit power from a 12 hp motor to a driven shaft for

an agricultural machinery. Service factor is 1.5. The number of teeth on
the smaller sprocket is 23. The target speed of the driven shaft should be
half the speed of the driver. Determine the required number of links for the
chain.
Approximate the average center distance using Cave = D2 + D1/2 where
D1 = smaller diameter.
Round your answer up to the nearest whole number. Do not express

to the nearest even number.
72
A 4-stroke engine produces a power of 20 kW. The flywheel has a radius

of 0.9 m and the density of the material is 7200 kg/m3. The coefficient of
fluctuation of energy is 0.11. The maximum and minimum speeds of the
flywheel are 104 and 95. Determine the required mass of the flywheel in
kg.
333.56
In a chain drive, the pitch is the distance from one

sprocket to another sprocket.
True
False
The higher the coefficient of fluctuation of energy,

the higher the change in kinetic energy.
True
False
The cross-sectional area of the flywheel rim is

circular.
True
False
Which of the following is the relation between the

pitch of the chain and pitch circle diameter of the
sprocket?
p = D sin⁡(90°/T)
p = D sin⁡(360°/T)
p = D sin⁡(120°/T)
p = D sin⁡(180°/T)
An inverted tooth chain is used to transmit 10-hp to a

driven shaft. The chain runs at a velocity of 1200
ft/min and the number of teeth on the smaller
sprocket is 21. Which of the following is the width of
chain if the pitch of the chain to be used is 1 in? Use
a service factor of 1.4.
1.5 in
1 in
1.25 in
0.75 in
Which of the following is the power transmitted by a

900 rpm motor driving a shaft using an inverted tooth
chain? The pitch of the chain is 0.75 in, the number

of teeth on the smaller sprocket is 19, and the
velocity of chain is 900 fpm. Use a chain width of
1.25 in.
13 hp
10 hp
12 hp
11 hp

200 J
400 J
800 J
1600 J
The areas in N-m above and below the mean torque

lines in a turning moment diagram are as follows:
Which of the following is the value of the maximum

fluctuation of energy, ∆KE?
410 N-m
415 N-m
380 N-m
450 N-m
The speed of a flywheel is to be kept within ±1% of

the mean speed. Which of the following is the
coefficient of fluctuation of speed?
0.03
0.04
0.01
0.02

number.
72

168.54

Due
Feb 15 at 9am
Points
40
Questions
11
Available
Feb 15 at 7am - Feb 15 at 9am
about 2 hours
Time Limit
120 Minutes
Instructions
stated.
Good luck!
Attempt History
Attempt Time Score
LATEST Attempt 1
58 minutes 40 out of 40

Score for this quiz:

40 out of 40
Question 1 2
/ 2 pts

True

False
Question 2 2
/ 2 pts
The cross-sectional area of the flywheel rim is circular.

True

False
Question 3 2
/ 2 pts
The flywheel can store and release energy in terms of kinetic, potential-
gravitational and potential-elastic energies.

True

False
Question 4 2
/ 2 pts

0 in

1 in

8 in

80 in
Question 5 4
/ 4 pts

13 hp

12 hp

11 hp

10 hp
Question 6 4
/ 4 pts
A 10-hp motor running at 1000 rpm is to drive a centrifugal pump at 500

rpm. Which of the following should be the measurement of the chain
pitch?




Question 7 4
/ 4 pts

∆KE?

410 N-m

415 N-m

380 N-m

450 N-m
Question 8 4
/ 4 pts
The speed of a flywheel is to be kept within ±1% of the mean speed.

Which of the following is the coefficient of fluctuation of speed?

0.03

0.01

0.04

0.02
Question 9 4
/ 4 pts
The flywheel rim weighs 150 kg and has a mean diameter of 650 mm. If
the rim width is 2 times its thickness, which of the following is the width of
the flywheel? Assume the density of its material as 7200 kg/m3

101 mm

143 mm

51 mm

71 mm
Question 10 6
/ 6 pts
A RC60 is used to transmit power from a 10 hp motor to a driven shaft for

an agricultural machinery. Service factor is 1.5. The number of teeth on
the smaller sprocket is 19. The target speed of the driven shaft should be
half the speed of the driver. Determine the required number of links for the
chain.


59
Question 11 6
/ 6 pts

kg.
260.05
Quiz Score:
40 out of 40
The number of links should be an even number in

the chain drive.
True
False
The cross-sectional area of the flywheel rim is

circular.
True
False
The flywheel can store and release energy in terms

of kinetic, potential-gravitational and potential-elastic
energies.
True
False

1 in
8 in
80 in
0 in
An inverted tooth chain is used to transmit 10-hp to a

driven shaft. The chain runs at a velocity of 1200
ft/min and the number of teeth on the smaller
sprocket is 21. Which of the following is the width of
chain if the pitch of the chain to be used is 1 in? Use
a service factor of 1.4.
1 in
0.75 in
1.5 in
1.25 in
An inverted tooth chain is used to transmit power

from a 5-hp motor to a driven shaft. The bigger
sprocket has 42 teeth and runs at 600 rpm. If the
smaller sprocket has 21 teeth, which of the following
should be the measurement of the chain pitch?
The speed of a flywheel is to be kept within ±1% of

the mean speed. Which of the following is the
coefficient of fluctuation of speed?
0.02
0.04
0.01
0.03
An engine runs at 95 rad/s and has a maximum

fluctuation of energy ∆KE of 2475 N-m. The
coefficient of fluctuation of speed of 0.02. If the
flywheel has a mean diameter of 650 mm, which of
the following is the mass of the flywheel rim?
130 kg
14 kg
40 kg
32 kg

400 J
1600 J
200 J
800 J

number.
91

327.49

Due Mar 31 at 11:59pm Points 40 Questions 11
Available until Mar 31 at 11:59pm Time Limit 120 Minutes
Instructions
stated.
Good luck!
Take the Quiz Again
Attempt History
Attempt Time Score

True
False

The higher the coefficient of fluctuation of energy, the higher the change
in kinetic energy.
True
False
The cross-sectional area of the flywheel rim is circular.
True
False
0 in
8 in
80 in
1 in
An inverted tooth chain is used to transmit 10-hp to a driven shaft. The

chain runs at a velocity of 1200 ft/min and the number of teeth on the
smaller sprocket is 21. Which of the following is the width of chain if the
pitch of the chain to be used is 1 in? Use a service factor of 1.4.
1.5 in
1 in
1.25 in
0.75 in
11 hp
12 hp
13 hp
10 hp

∆KE?
380 N-m
410 N-m
415 N-m
450 N-m
The speed of a flywheel is to be kept within ±1% of the mean speed.

Which of the following is the coefficient of fluctuation of speed?
0.01
0.04
0.02
0.03
A single cylinder, four stroke engine develops 20 kW at mean speed of

300 rpm. If the coefficient of fluctuation of energy is 0.1, which of the
following is the maximum fluctuation of energy, ∆KE?
400 J
1600 J
800 J
200 J
A RC100 is used to transmit power from a 13 hp motor to a driven shaft

for an agricultural machinery. Service factor is 1.5. The number of teeth
on the smaller sprocket is 19. The target speed of the driven shaft should
be half the speed of the driver. Determine the required number of links for
the chain.
59

kg.
327.49
3/31/22, 12:19 PM [S3-SUMMATIVE] Summative Assessment 3 : 2TSY2122_ME0041/ME0041LL/MEMACDES2_TK41/ME41/TK079-1

Submitted Mar 8 at 8:23am
Disc clutch is a friction clutch.
True
False
In a single plate clutch, the number of pairs of friction surfaces to be

considered is evidently one.
True
False
Brakes absorb kinetic and potential energies.
True
False
The braking torque in the band brake is directly proportional to the

difference between the tension at the tight side and the tension at the
slack side.
True
False
The material used for brake lining should have ______ coefficient of
friction
Zero
Cannot be determined
Low
High
A single disc clutch with both sides of the disc effective has outside
diameter of 250 mm and inside diameter of 150 mm. The applied force is
limited to 20 kN based on axial pressure and the coefficient of friction is
0.25. Which of the following is the total torque that the clutch transmits?
Assume uniform pressure conditions.
500 Nm
510 Nm
1020 Nm
1000 Nm
A single block brake, as shown, requires an operating force of 700 N. If

the coefficient of friction between the drum and the lining is 0.3, which of
the following is the tangential braking force Ft?
510 N
315 N
670 N
440 N
A single block brake, as shown, requires an operating force of 600 N and

has a normal force of 1200 N pressing on the brake block on the wheel.
Which of the following is the tangential braking force Ft?
220 N
750 N
1240 N
370 N
A plate clutch with single driving plate with contact surfaces on each is
required to transmit 40 kW at 2900 rpm. Given that μ = 0.39, R = 1.25r,
Pmax = 0.2 MPa, determine the outer radius of the frictional surface in
mm. Assume the uniform wear conditions.
97.72
Correct
A cone clutch with face angle of 12.5° is to transmit 31,000 W at 1100 rpm
from an electric motor. The coefficient of friction is 0.2 and the cone mean
diameter is 0.5 m. Determine the axial force necessary to engage the
clutch in N if the allowable normal pressure is 0.10 MPa.
1,427.69
A band brake embraces a drum of 0.47 m diameter such that one end of
the band is attached to the fulcrum pin and the other end is attached to a
pin B as shown. The operating force P is 280 N and the coefficient of
friction between the band and the drum is 0.25. Determine the braking
torque that the band brake provides in Nm.
1,035.52
In a single plate clutch, the number of pairs of friction

surfaces to be considered is evidently one.
True
False
The material for the friction lining of the clutch should

have high melting temperature
True
False
The material for brake should have low rate of wear.
True
False
Brakes absorb kinetic and potential energies.
True
False
Which of the following should be the characteristic of

material used for the brake lining?
Low heat resistance
High heat dissipation activity
High wear
Low mechanical strength
A single disc clutch with both sides of the disc

effective has outside diameter of 250 mm and inside
diameter of 150 mm. The applied force is limited to
20 kN based on axial pressure and the coefficient of
friction is 0.25. Which of the following is the total
torque that the clutch transmits? Assume uniform
pressure conditions.
500 Nm
510 Nm
1020 Nm
1000 Nm
A single block brake, as shown, has a tangential

braking force of 2000 N and normal force 6000 N
pressing on the brake block on the wheel. Which of
the following is the force P required to operate the
brake?
1375 N
2150 N
1850 N
1625 N
A single block brake, as shown, requires an

operating force of 600 N and has a normal force of
1200 N pressing on the brake block on the wheel.
Which of the following is the tangential braking force
Ft?
1240 N
750 N
220 N
370 N
A plate clutch with single driving plate with contact

surfaces on each is required to transmit 31 kW at
2700 rpm. Given that μ = 0.34, R = 1.25r, Pmax = 0.2
MPa, determine the outer radius of the frictional
surface in mm. Assume the uniform wear
conditions.
96.23
Correct
A cone clutch with face angle of 12.5° is to transmit

32,000 W at 1100 rpm from an electric motor. The
coefficient of friction is 0.2 and the cone mean
diameter is 0.4 m. Determine the axial force
necessary to engage the clutch in N if the allowable
normal pressure is 0.10 MPa.
1,842.18
A band brake embraces a drum of 0.47 m diameter

such that one end of the band is attached to the
fulcrum pin and the other end is attached to a pin B
as shown. The operating force P is 200 N and the
coefficient of friction between the band and the drum
is 0.23. Determine the braking torque that the band
brake provides in Nm.
643.54
Submission Details:

Due Mar 8 at 9am Points 40 Questions 11
Available Mar 8 at 7am - Mar 8 at 9am about 2 hours Time Limit 120 Minutes
Instructions
stated.
Good luck!
This quiz was locked Mar 8 at 9am.
Attempt History
Attempt Time Score Regraded
LATEST Attempt 1 106 minutes 30 out of 40 38 out of 40

Submitted Mar 8 at 8:47am
Question 1 Original Score: 0 / 2 pts Regraded Score: 2 / 2 pts
This question has been regraded.
The cone clutch is a positive clutch.
True
False
For uniform wear, the mean radius of the friction surface has the formula
of a simple average of the inner and outer radii.
True
False
The heat generated during braking is directly proportional to the speed of

the brake drum.
True
False
A material for brake should have low heat dissipation capacity.
True
False
Which of the following should be the characteristic of material used for the
brake lining?
Low heat resistance
High heat dissipation activity
Low mechanical strength
High wear
A single disc clutch with both sides of the disc effective has outside
diameter of 250 mm and inside diameter of 150 mm. The applied force is
limited to 20 kN based on axial pressure and the coefficient of friction is
0.25. Which of the following is the total torque that the clutch transmits?
Assume uniform pressure conditions.
510 Nm
1000 Nm
1020 Nm
500 Nm

and normal force 6000 N pressing on the brake block on the wheel. Which
of the following is the force P required to operate the brake?
1375 N
1625 N
1850 N
2150 N

and normal force of 9000 N pressing on the brake block on the wheel.
Which of the location of fulcrum x to make the brake self-locking?
210 mm
560 mm
670 mm
720 mm
A plate clutch with single driving plate with contact surfaces on each is
required to transmit 38 kW at 2100 rpm. Given that μ = 0.25, R = 1.25r,
Pmax = 0.2 MPa, determine the outer radius of the frictional surface in
mm. Assume the uniform wear conditions.
124.07
Correct
A cone clutch with face angle of 12.5° is to transmit 32,000 W at 900 rpm
from an electric motor. The coefficient of friction is 0.2 and the cone mean
diameter is 0.4 m. Determine the axial force necessary to engage the
clutch in N if the allowable normal pressure is 0.08 MPa.
2,251.55
A band brake embraces a drum of 0.47 m diameter such that one end of
the band is attached to the fulcrum pin and the other end is attached to a
pin B as shown. The operating force P is 260 N and the coefficient of
friction between the band and the drum is 0.20. Determine the braking
torque that the band brake provides in Nm.
669.92
Which of the following is TRUE for springs in

parallel?
δT = δ1 = δ2 = ... = δn
FT = F1 = F2 = ... = Fn
kT = k1 = k2 = ... = kn
1/kT = 1/k1 + 1/k2 + ... + 1/kn
Which of the following is the type of end in the

compression spring shown?
Plain end
Squared and ground end
Ground end (plain)
Squared end
Which of the following is the number of revolutions

that 90% of a group of bearings will complete before
evidence of fatigue develops?
Rating life
Reliability
Which of the following is the difference between

diameters of bearing and journal?
Diametral clearance
Eccentricity
Radial clearance
Diametral clearance ratio
A helical compression spring is to be used for a

maximum load of 1.5 kN using the spring index of 8.
The maximum permissible shear stress for the
spring wire is 400 MPa. Which of the following is the

wire diameter of the spring to be used?
3.01 mm
6.30 mm
9.51 mm
9.05 mm
The diameter of the bearing is 50.05 mm and the

diameter of the journal is 50 mm. Which of the
0.05
0.999
1.001
0.001
Two helical springs A and B with ground ends are in

parallel. The wire diameter of the springs A and B
are 11 mm and 7 mm, respectively, and the spring
indices of A and B, are 6 and 9, respectively.
Determine the load supported by spring A in N if the
load supported by spring B is 480 N.
2,545.71
A machinery uses a helical tension spring with wire

diameter of 3 mm and coil outside diameter of 31
mm. The spring has 10 total coils. The design shear
stress is 580 MPa and the modulus of rigidity is 81
GPa. Determine the force that causes the body of
the spring to its shear stress in N. Consider ground
ends.
190.01
A ball bearing subjected to an equivalent dynamic

load of 4,000 N is expected to have a life of 7.5 x
108 revolutions at 99% reliability. Determine the
basic dynamic load rating of the bearing based on a
70.98
A journal bearing for a pump has the following

properties:
Heat dissipation coefficient = 1,250 W/m2-°C
Determine the amount of cooling (Qg-Qd) required in
W.
122.54
Submission Details:

Due Mar 25 at 9am Points 40 Questions 10
Available Mar 22 at 7am - Mar 25 at 9am 3 days Time Limit 120 Minutes
Instructions
This summative assessment covers Module 4. Express your numerical answers to 2 decimal places
unless otherwise stated.
Good luck!
This quiz was locked Mar 25 at 9am.
Attempt History
Attempt Time Score

Submitted Mar 22 at 4:18pm
kT = k1 = k2 = ... = kn
δT = δ1 = δ2 = ... = δn
1/kT = 1/k1 + 1/k2 + ... + 1/kn
FT = F1 = F2 = ... = Fn
A plain end spring has 16 active coils. Which of the following is the
number of its total coils?
20
18
16
14
Which of the following is the difference between diameters of bearing and

journal?
Diametral clearance
Radial clearance
Eccentricity
Which of the following is the number of revolutions that 90% of a group of

bearings will complete before evidence of fatigue develops?
Reliability
Rating life
A spring with squared and ground ends is used for a load and deflection
of 1.2 kN and 20 mm, respectively, with a spring index of 4. The wire
diameter is 6 mm and the modulus of rigidity is 84 GPa. Which of the
following is the active number of turns of the spring?
14
17
13
16
The diameter of the bearing is 50.05 mm and the diameter of the journal
is 50 mm. Which of the following is the diametral clearance ratio?
0.001
0.05
0.999
1.001
A machinery uses a helical tension spring with wire diameter of 3 mm and

coil outside diameter of 31 mm. The spring has 8 total coils. The design
shear stress is 420 MPa and the modulus of rigidity is 82 GPa. Determine
the force that causes the body of the spring to its shear stress in N.
Consider ground ends.
137.59
Two helical springs A and B with ground ends are in parallel. The wire
diameter of the springs A and B are 10 mm and 7 mm, respectively, and
the spring indices of A and B, are 4 and 9, respectively. Determine the
load supported by spring A in N if the load supported by spring B is 470 N.
7,647.99
A journal bearing for a pump has the following properties:

85.47
A ball bearing subjected to an equivalent dynamic load of 5,000 N is

expected to have a life of 8.1 x 108 revolutions at 99% reliability.
Determine the basic dynamic load rating of the bearing based on a
91.03

Submitted Mar 22 at 4:13pm
Which of the following is the type of end in the compression spring

shown?
Squared end
Squared and ground end
Plain end
Ground end (plain)
δT = δ1 = δ2 = ... = δn
kT = k1 = k2 = ... = kn
1/kT = 1/k1 + 1/k2 + ... + 1/kn
FT = F1 = F2 = ... = Fn
In which of the following bearing does the sliding takes place along the
surfaces of contact between the moving element and the fixed element?
Radial bearings
Sliding contact bearings
Thrust bearings
Rolling contact bearings
Which of the following is given by the formula (D-d)/d where D is the

diameter of the bearing and d is the diameter of the journal?
Diametral clearance
Eccentricity
Radial clearance
A helical compression spring is to be used for a maximum load of 1.5 kN

using the spring index of 8. The maximum permissible shear stress for the
spring wire is 400 MPa. Which of the following is the wire diameter of the
spring to be used?
6.30 mm
3.01 mm
9.05 mm
9.51 mm
A 150-mm diameter shaft supports a load of 12 kN. The shaft runs in a

bearing whose length is 1.5 times the shaft diameter. Which of the
following is the bearing pressure?
0.356 MPa
0.170 MPa
0.127 MPa
0.296 MPa
A machinery uses a helical tension spring with wire diameter of 3 mm and

coil outside diameter of 36 mm. The spring has 9 total coils. The design
shear stress is 470 MPa and the modulus of rigidity is 83 GPa. Determine
the force that causes the body of the spring to its shear stress in N.
133.53
Two helical springs A and B with ground ends are in parallel. The wire
diameter of the springs A and B are 10 mm and 7 mm, respectively, and
the spring indices of A and B, are 4 and 9, respectively. Determine the
load supported by spring A in N if the load supported by spring B is 490 N.
7,973.44
A ball bearing subjected to an equivalent dynamic load of 5,000 N is

expected to have a life of 7.2 x 108 revolutions at 99% reliability.
Determine the basic dynamic load rating of the bearing based on a
87.53


20.63
MACDES 2
MACDES 2 WEAPON
WEAPON 11
QUESTION 11
QUESTION
Two pulley
Two pulley which
which are are 24
24 inches
inches inin diameter
diameter and and which
which run
run at at 370
370 rpm
rpm are
are connected
connected by by aa leather
leather
belt 3/8 inch
belt 3/8 inch thick.
thick. If If the
the belt
belt transmits
transmits 3030 hphp and
and the
the distance
distance between
between thethe shafts
shafts isis 10
10 ft,
ft, which
which
of the
of the following
following is is the
the approximate
approximate length
length ofof the
the belt
belt required?
required?
Answer: 26.3
Answer: 26.3 ft
ft
Solution:
Solution:
2
1
𝜋 (𝑑d,-—d,)*
1 − 𝑑2 ) 𝜋 12 in
12 𝑖𝑛 (2424 − 24)?2
— 24)
𝐿La= (dy +d)2 + 2x + GOD 722 24 4 24) +2(t0fe» 11 ft𝑓𝑡 )+ 4(10fe*= ( 12y 𝑖𝑛
(𝑑1 + 𝑑 ) + 2𝑥 + = (24 + 24) + 2 (10𝑓𝑡 ∗ ) +
22 Ax
4𝑥 4 (10 𝑓𝑡 ∗ 7)
)
1ft𝑓𝑡
1 𝑓𝑡
315.3982237i 𝑖𝑛 ∗ 12
= 315.3982237 1 ft = 𝟐𝟔. 26.28𝟐𝟖 𝒇𝒕.ft
mn 12 in𝑖𝑛 f
QUESTION 22
QUESTION
An extra
An extra flexible
flexible 88 x x 19
19 steel
steel wire
wire rope
rope ofof 38
38 mm
mm diameter
diameter isis used
used with
with aa 2 2 m
m diameter
diameter hoist
hoist drum
drum
to lift 50 kN of load. The wire rope has a length of 900 meters. The acceleration is 1.5 m/s2. The
to lift 50 kN of load. The wire rope has a length of 900 meters. The acceleration is 1.5 m / s2. The
diameter of
diameter of the
the wire may be
wire may be taken
taken asas 0.05
0.05 d,
d, where
where dd is
is the
the diameter
diameter ofof wire
wire rope.
rope. The
The modulus
modulus of of
elasticity of
of the
the entire
entire rope
rope is
is 84
84 xx 10
10° N/mm”.
3 2
elasticity N/mm . TheThe weight
weight ofof the
the rope
rope is
is 53
53 N/m length. Which
N/m length. Which of of
the following
the following is is the
the stresses
stresses onon the
the rope
rope due
due to
to bending?
bending?
Answer: 79.80 MPa
Answer: 79.80 MPa
Solution:
Solution:
𝐸 𝑟 ∗ 𝑑𝑤
E,*d
op𝑏 =
𝜎 = — D “;dy ; 𝑑𝑤 == 0.05𝑑
0.05d = = 0.05(38
0.05(38 𝑚𝑚)
mm) == 1.9
1.9mm
𝑚𝑚
𝐷
E,.«d
𝐸 𝑟 ∗ 𝑑𝑤 (84𝑥10 3
𝑁/𝑚𝑚2 )(1.9 𝑚𝑚)
84x107N/mm?)(1.9 mm
Op𝑏 =
𝜎 = — w =_6 /m 1000)(𝑚𝑚 ) =_ 𝟕𝟗.
79.80 MPa
𝟖𝟎 𝑴𝑷𝒂
D
𝐷 am* 1000 mm
2𝑚∗ 1𝑚
1m
QUESTION 3
QUESTION 3
An electric
An electric motor
motor drives
drives aa compressor
compressor by
by use of V-belt.
use of V-belt. The
The angle
angle of
of contact
contact on
on the
the smaller
smaller pulley
pulley
is 2.27 rad and the belt speed runs at 21.80 m/s. The groove angle of the pulleys is 35°.
is 2.27 rad and the belt speed runs at 21.80 m/s. The groove angle of the pulleys is 35°.
Determine the
Determine the tension
tension in in the
the slack
slack side
side of
of the
the belt
belt inin NN ifif the
the belt
belt has
has aa cross-sectional
cross-sectional area
area of
of 385
385
mm2, density
mm2, density 1000
1000 kg/mkg/m, , and
3
and anan allowable
allowable tensile
tensile stress
stress of of 2.9
2.9 MPa.
MPa. TheThe coefficient
coefficient of
of friction
friction
between the belt and the pulley is 0.28.
between the belt and the pulley is 0.28.
Answer: 112.76
Answer: 112.76
Solution:
Solution:
𝑇
T: 1 𝜇𝜃 csc(𝛽) 2
𝑇T,2 =?
=? | 𝑇= = = 𝑒
et? cset6)| | 𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
Tmax = 𝑇
T11 +
+ 𝑇 Te𝑐 || 𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
Tmax = 𝜎𝐴|FA| 𝑇 Te𝑐 =
= 𝜌𝐴𝑣
pAv?
2
2
𝑇Tmax
𝑚𝑎𝑥 == 0A
𝜎𝐴 = (2.9
= (2.9 𝑀𝑃𝑎)(385
MPa)(385 𝑚𝑚 mm?)2 ) = = 1116.5
1116.5 𝑁 N
2 2
2 𝑘𝑔
kg 2 1im𝑚 |) 𝑚
my?) =
𝑇T,𝑐 =
= 𝜌𝐴𝑣
pAv? = 2
= (1000
(1000-4) 𝑚3
) (385
(385 mm?
𝑚𝑚 2
∗* [ soo
1000 𝑚𝑚
|
] ) (21.80
(21.80 —)
𝑠
= 182.9674
182.9674N𝑁
𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 𝑇1 + 𝑇𝑐 => 1116.5 𝑁 = 𝑇1 + 182.9674 𝑁
𝑇T,1 =
= 933.5326
933.5326 𝑁 N
Ty𝑇1 _ juoesc(p) 5, 933:5326N
933.5326 𝑁 _ wanraara0( sind
(0.28)(2.27𝑟𝑎𝑑)(
1
35)
𝜇𝜃 csc(𝛽) sin
=𝑒 => =𝑒 2
qT,2
𝑇 qT,2
𝑇
T,𝟐 =
𝑻 = 𝟏𝟏𝟐.
112.76
𝟕𝟔
QUESTION 44
QUESTION
An open
An open belt drive operates
belt drive operates under
under the
the following
following condition:
condition: driving
driving pulley
pulley of
of 84
84 in.
in. in
in diameter,
diameter,
driven pulley of 48 in. in diameter, and speed of driving pulley 150 rpm. Which of the following
driven pulley of 48 in. in diameter, and speed of driving pulley 150 rpm. Which of the following
is the
is the velocity
velocity ofof the
the belt?
belt?
Answer: 3300
Answer: 3300 ft/min
ft/min
Solution:
Solution:
𝑣v ==1d,N,
𝜋𝑑1 𝑁1 = = 𝜋
n(84
_ ∗ 1ift𝑓𝑡 )) (150
in*
(84 𝑖𝑛 (150 𝑟𝑝𝑚)
rpm) = = 𝟑𝟐𝟗𝟖.
3298. 𝟔𝟕𝟐𝟐𝟖𝟔
672286 𝒇𝒕/𝒎𝒊𝒏
ft/min
12 𝑖𝑛
QUESTION 55
QUESTION
An extra
An extra flexible
flexible 88 xx 19
19 steel
steel wire
wire rope
rope ofof 38
38 mm
mm diameter
diameter isis used
used with
with aa 22 m
m diameter
diameter hoist
hoist drum
drum
to lift
to lift 50
5|0 KN
KN ofof load.
load. The
The wire
wire rope
rope has
has aa length
length of
of 900
900 meters.
meters. The
The acceleration
acceleration is
is 1.5
1.5 m
m/s2. The
/ s2. The
diameter of the wire may be taken as 0.05 d, where d is the diameter of wire rope. The modulus of
3
elasticity of
elasticity of the
the entire
entire rope is 84
rope is 84 xx 10 N/mm2. The
10° N/mm/?. The weight
weight ofof the
the rope
rope is
is 53
53 N/m length. Which
N/m length. Which of of
the following
the following is is the
the direct
direct stresses
stresses on
on the
the rope?
rope?
Answer: 226.70
Answer: 226.70 MPaMPa
Solution:
Solution:
W ==50KN
W 50KN == 500000
500000 NN
𝑁
w== 53
w 53 𝑚 (900𝑚)
(900m) == 47700
47700 𝑁
N
W+w
𝑊 +𝑤
04𝑑 =
𝜎 =| ;;dy = 0.05𝑑
𝑑𝑤 = 0.05d =
= 0.05(38
0.05(38 𝑚𝑚)
mm) =
= 1.9
1.9mm
𝑚𝑚
𝐴
𝜋
TU 𝜋
TU
A=
𝐴 = qdw'n
4
= 74 (1.9𝑚𝑚)
𝑑𝑤 2 𝑛 = (1.9mm)? 2(8(8 ∗* 19)
19) =
= 430.96𝑚𝑚
430.96mm? 2
_ W+w
𝑊+𝑤 50000 N+47700 𝑁
50000 𝑁+47700 N
𝜎
Og𝑑 = 430.96𝑚𝑚2 = = 𝟐𝟐𝟔.
= 226.70 MPa
𝟕𝟎 𝑴𝑷𝒂
™~ 430.96mm2——-430.96mm?
430.96𝑚𝑚2
QUESTION 6
QUESTION 6
An electric motor drives
An electric motor drives aa compressor
compressor by
by use
use ofof V-belt.
V-belt. The
The pulley
pulley diameter
diameter ofof the
the compressor
compressor
shaft is
shaft is 1.1
1.1 meter
meter while
while the
the pulley
pulley diameter
diameter of
of the
the motor
motor shaft
shaft is
is 0.9
0.9 meter.
meter. The
The belt
belt speed
speed runs
runs at
at
26 m/s.
26 m/s. The
The center
center distance
distance between
between pulleys
pulleys is
is 1.75
1.75 m.
m. The
The groove
groove angle
angle of
of the
the pulleys
pulleys isis 35°.
35°.
Determine the
Determine the power
power generated
generated in
in kW
kW ifif the
the tension
tension at
at the
the tight
tight side
side of
of the
the belt
belt is
is 670.5
670.5 N. The
N. The
coefficient of
coefficient of friction
friction between
between the
the belt and the
belt and the pulley
pulley is
is 0.26
0.26
Answer: 16.16
Answer: 16.16
Solution:
Solution:
11 − 0.9
1.1 0.9
( ee 2 ) =
2
= 3.27582896
3.27582896
1.75
𝜃@ == 180
180 −— 22(3.27582896)
(3.27582896) == 173.4483421°
173.4483421°
sin−1 𝜋
sing 𝜃== 173.4483421°
17344834210 ∗» 180
a = = 3.027244651
3.027244651 𝑟𝑎𝑑
rad
1
Ty (0.26)(3.027244651
ras 35 )
𝑟𝑎𝑑)(
𝑇1 _ ou8𝜇𝜃 csc(𝛽)
ese) 5 670.5 _
670.5 Tes
sin( )
=𝑒 => =𝑒 2
𝑇
T22 𝑇
T22
T,2 =
𝑇 = 48.93875725
48.93875725 𝑁 N =>
=> 𝑃P = = (𝑇
(T,1 −
—T>)v = (670.5
𝑇2 )𝑣 = (670.5 −
— 48.93875725)(26)
48.93875725)(26) =
= 16160.59
16160.59 𝑊
W
P=16.16kW
𝑷 = 𝟏𝟔. 𝟏𝟔 𝒌𝑾
QUESTION 77
QUESTION
An extra
An extra flexible
flexible 88 × x 19
19 steel
steel wire
wire rope
rope ofof 38
38 mm mm diameter
diameter is is used with aa 2
used with 2 m m diameter
diameter hoist
hoist drum
drum
to lift
to lift 50
50 kN
KN ofof load.
load. The
The wire
wire rope
rope has has aa length
length of of 900
900 meters.
meters. The
The acceleration
acceleration is is 1.5
1.5 mm/s2. The
/ s2. The
elasticity of
elasticity of the
the entire
entire rope
rope is is 84
84 × x 103
103 N/mm2?2.
N/mm2. The The weight
weight of of the
the rope
rope isis 5353 N/m length. Which
N/m length. Which
of the
of the following
following is is the
the stresses
stresses on on thethe rope due to
rope due to acceleration?
acceleration?
Answer: 34.66
Answer: 34.66 MPa
MPa
Solution:
Solution:
_ (𝑾 (W, 𝒍 + 𝒘𝒓 )𝒂
+ w,)a
𝝈𝒂a == ag
𝑨𝒈
TT.
𝜋 »2 𝜋8 32 5
A=
𝐴 = qtw𝑑𝑤 𝑛 n== q (1.9𝑚𝑚)
(1.9mm) (8 (8 ∗* 19)
19) = 430.96mm 2
= 430.96𝑚𝑚
4 4
wy𝑟 == 53—
𝑤
𝑁N
53 (900𝑚)(900m) == 47700 47700 𝑁N
𝑚
𝑚
W, 𝑙 ==50kN|a=15—
𝑊 50 𝑘𝑁 | 𝑎 = 1.5 2
m
𝑠s
_ (𝑾 WW, 𝒍 ++w,)a__
𝒘𝒓 )𝒂 (50000 (50000 𝑁N ++ 47700 47700 𝑁) N) (1.5
(1.5) 𝑚
𝑠 2)
𝝈
Ga𝒂 = = 𝑚
Ag
𝑨𝒈 (430.96mm?2)2 ) (9.81
(430.96𝑚𝑚 (9.81 i)𝑠2
)
O,𝒂 =
𝝈 = 𝟑𝟒. 34.6641
𝟔𝟔𝟒𝟏 𝑴𝑷𝒂 MPa
MACHINE DESIGN
MACHINE DESIGN II
II
TOPIC 1:
TOPIC 1: BELT
BELT DRIVES
DRIVES
SUBTOPIC 1
Flat Belts
At the
At the end
end of
of the
the presentation, the students
presentation, the students should
should be able to:
be able to:
= Discuss
Discuss the
the fundamental
fundamental concepts
concepts of
of flat
flat belts
belts
" Solve
Solve problems
problems under
under flat
flat belts
belts
FEU ALABANG —
QO
FEU DILIMAN FEU TECH
Jechnology Dien by [anevation
Belts
Belts
= Used
Used to
to transmit
transmit power
power from
from one
one shaft
shaft to
to another
another by
by means
means
of pulleys
of pulleys
= The
The amount
amount of
of power transmitted depends
power transmitted depends on
on the
the following:
following:
•¢ Velocity of
Velocity of Belt
Belt
•e Tension
Tension
•e Arc of
Arc of Contact
Contact
•¢ Conditions of
Conditions of Usage
Usage
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005)
Selection of
Selection of Belt
Belt Drives
Drives
" Selection
Selection of
of belt
belt drives
drives depends
depends on
on the
the following:
following:
Speed of
• Speed of the
the driving
driving and
and driven
driven shafts
shafts
Speed reduction
• Speed reduction ratio
ratio
Power to
• Power to be
be transmitted
transmitted
• Center
Center distance
distance between
between shafts
shafts
Positive drive
• Positive drive requirements
requirements
Shafts layouts
• Shafts layouts
Space available
• Space available
• Service
Service conditions
conditions
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Types of
Types of Belt
Belt Drives
Drives
= The
The types
types of
of belt
belt drives
drives in
in terms
terms of
of speed
speed are:
are:
•¢ Light
Light Drives
Drives –
— for
for belt
belt speeds
speeds up
up to
to 10
10 m/s
m/s
•¢ Medium
Medium Drives
Drives –
— for
for belt
belt speeds
speeds over
over 10
10 m/s
m/s up
up to
to 22
22 m/s
m/s
•¢ Heavy
Heavy Drives
Drives —– for
for belt
belt speeds
speeds above
above 22
22 m/s
m/s
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Types of
Types of Belt
Belt Drives
Drives
= The
The types
types of
of belt
belt based
based on
on cross-sectional
cross-sectional area
area are:
are:
•¢ Flat
Flat Belt
Belt —– for
for moderate
moderate power and for
power and for two
two pulleys
pulleys with
with no
no
more than
more than 88 mm apart
apart
•¢ V-Belt
V-Belt —– for
for great
great amount
amount of
of power
power and
and for
for two
two pulleys
pulleys very
very
near to
near to each
each other
other
•¢ Circular
Circular Belt
Belt or
or Rope
Rope —– for
for great
great amount
amount of
of power and for
power and for two
two
pulleys with
pulleys with more
more than
than 88 mm apart.
apart.
Flat belt V-belt é Circular belt
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Open Belt
Open Belt Drive
Drive
Slack side
Driven
Tight side
2. FEU DI FEU TECH

(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005) [echnslogy D tivew by /nnevation
Crossed or
Crossed or Twist
Twist Belt
Belt Drive
Drive
Driver
'R
“ey
oH
& Gupta,
Khurmi &
(Source: Khurmi 2005)
Gupta, 2005) [echnology Liver OF ee
fi 7 ), 'sfPA i , /
(Source: z WVaAtlLtiove
FEU DI FEU TECH
Quarter Turn
Quarter Turn and
and Drive
Drive with
with Idler
Idler Pulley
Pulley
_t. Driver
Idler pulley
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005)
Compound Belt
Compound Belt Drive
Drive
| Driver
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005) [echnslogy D tivew by nnevaliow
/
Velocity Ratio
Velocity Ratio of
of Belt
Belt Drive
Drive
N,2 𝑑dy1
𝑁
N, dy
=
𝑁1 𝑑2
Where: 𝑑
𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒: d,1 =
= 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟
diameter 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
the 𝑑𝑟𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑟
driver
d,2 =
𝑑 = 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟
diameter 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
the follower
𝑓𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟
N,1 =
𝑁 = 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑
speed 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
driver
Nz2 =
𝑁 = 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑
speed 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
the follower
= In
In case
case of
of aa compound
compound belt
belt drive:
drive:
𝑁
Ny4 𝑑 1 𝑑3
a,d3
=
𝑁 𝑑2 𝑑1
N,1 dpd,
Speed 𝑜𝑓
𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑 of 𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑡
last 𝑑𝑟𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛
driven _ 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑐𝑡
Product 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠
diameters 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑑𝑟𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑠
drivers
=
Speed 𝑜𝑓
𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑 of 𝑓𝑖𝑟𝑠𝑡
first 𝑑𝑟𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑟
driver Product 𝑜𝑓
𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑐𝑡 of 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠
diameters 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑑𝑟𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛𝑠
drivens
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005)
Slip of
Slip of Belt
Belt
= If
If thickness
thickness of
of the
the belt
belt is
1s considered,
considered, then:
then:
N2
𝑁 d,+t
𝑑1+𝑡 𝑠
= 1−
7.
𝑁1 Z+2(!
𝑑 2+𝑡 Foo)
100
= In
In case
case of
of aa compound
compound belt
belt drive:
drive:
ape
𝑁2
= 13
𝑑1 𝑑3
(1-=+)
1−
𝑠1
(1-2)
1−
𝑠2
N,1
𝑁 dd,
𝑑 2 𝑑4 100
100 100
100
Where: 𝑠s,1 =
𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒: = 𝑠𝑙𝑖𝑝
slip 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛
between 𝑡ℎ𝑒
driver 𝑎𝑛𝑑
and 𝑡ℎ𝑒
the 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑡
belt
𝑠Sy2 =
= 𝑠𝑙𝑖𝑝
Slip 𝑏𝑒𝑡𝑤𝑒𝑒𝑛
between 𝑡ℎ𝑒
the 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑡
belt 𝑎𝑛𝑑
and 𝑡ℎ𝑒
the follower
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Length of
Length of Open
Open Belt
Belt Drive
Drive
li MN - F
/ prm---\
j--_--—4—-_ | ______ #7 ==:
O,;
\\ |
\ .
iG
', > x
1
𝜋 (d,𝑑11 −
—d,)*
𝑑22 2
𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ belt:
of 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑡:
Length 𝑜𝑓 L== 7 (d,
𝐿 +d)
𝑑1 + 𝑑2 + 2𝑥++
+2x Ix
2 4𝑥
Angle 𝑜𝑓
𝐴𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 of 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑐𝑡:
contact: 90 =
𝜃 =180-
180 − 2𝛼2a
𝑟%1 −
— 12𝑟2
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼
sina ==
𝑥
x
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Length of
Length of Crossed
Crossed Belt
Belt Drive
Drive
2d2)*
1
𝜋
d,
d,
𝑑
)+2x + ‘an 1 +
+ 𝑑 2
Length 𝑜𝑓
𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ belt:
of 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑡: L== 5 (ds
𝐿 + 𝑑
𝑑1 + 2 + 2𝑥 +
2 4𝑥
Angle 𝑜𝑓
𝐴𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 of 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑐𝑡:
contact: 80 =
𝜃 =180+ 2a
180 + 2𝛼
𝑟Ty1 +
+1𝑟2
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼
sina =
=
𝑥
x
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Power Transmitted
Power Transmitted by
by Belt
Belt
𝑃
P== (1%
𝑇1 − 𝑇2 𝑣
—T2)v
𝑣V=1%W,1
= 𝑟1 𝜔1 =
= 𝑟2 𝜔2
T2W2
𝑇
Ty1 _
= 𝑒oud
𝑢𝜃
T22
𝑇
Where: 𝑇
𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒: T,1 =
= 𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛
tension 𝑖𝑛
in 𝑡ℎ𝑒
the 𝑡𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡
tight 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒
side
T,2 =
𝑇 = 𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛
tension 𝑖𝑛
in 𝑡ℎ𝑒
the 𝑠𝑙𝑎𝑐𝑘
slack 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒
side
v =
𝑣 = 𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
velocity 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑡
belt
u =
𝜇 = 𝑐𝑜𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡
coef ficient 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑓𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
friction
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005)
Stress in
Stress in Belts
Belts
a 𝑇
Tmax
𝑚𝑎𝑥 _ 𝑇
Tmax
𝑚𝑎𝑥
𝜎= =
Area
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 widthx𝑥 𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑐𝑘𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠
𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ thickness
= If
If centrifugal
centrifugal tension
tension is
is considered:
considered:
𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
Tmax = 𝑇1+𝑇
11+ T¢𝐶
= If
If centrifugal
centrifugal tension
tension is
1s not
not considered:
considered:
𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
Tmax = 𝑇
111
" Centrifugal
Centrifugal tension:
tension:
𝑚 2 𝑚
To 𝐶CT
𝑇 == —v?𝑣
=—wvV ~~L ==
—_
p pt
= 𝜌𝑏𝑡
𝐿 𝐿
Where: 𝜌
𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒: p=density
= 𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑜𝑓 of 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑡
belt 𝑏b=width
= 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ 𝑡 t=thickness
= 𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑐𝑘𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
THANK YOU
THANK YOU FOR
FOR LISTENING!
LISTENING!
Reference
Reference
=" Khurmi,
Khurmi, R.S.
R.S. &
& J.K
J.K Gupta
Gupta (2005).
(2005). A
A Textbook
Textbook of
of
Machine Design.
Machine Design. Eurasia
Eurasia Publishing
Publishing House (Pvt.) Ltd.
House (Pvt.) Ltd.
SUBTOPIC 2
SUBTOPIC 2
V-Belt and
V-Belt and Rope
Rope Drives
Drives
At the
At the end
end of
of the
the presentation,
presentation, the
the students
students should
should be
be able
able to:
to:
= Discuss
Discuss the
the fundamental
fundamental concepts
concepts of
of V-belt
V-belt and
and rope
rope drives
drives
" Solve
Solve problems
problems under
under V-belt
V-belt and
and rope
rope drives
drives
V-Belts
V-Belts
= For
For great
great amount
amount of
of power
power and
and for
for two
two pulleys
pulleys very
very near
near to
to
each other
each other
= It
Itisis formed
formed to
to aa trapezoidal
trapezoidal shape
shape
Fabric and
rubber cover
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005)
Power Transmitted
by V-Belt
V-Belt
R
V-belt
𝑃
P==(T,𝑇1 − 𝑇2 𝑣
—T2)v cole
V>=%W,
𝑣 = 𝑟1 𝜔1 == 𝑟1202
—
2 𝜔2
=
GY)
iAEN
RO ER
LLL !
T,𝑇 LLL,
1 ee
= 𝑒el@cscB
𝜇𝜃𝑐𝑠𝑐𝛽 , 25.
2p )e~V -orooved
𝑇
T>2 \a- / pulley
Where: 𝑇
tension 𝑖𝑛
in 𝑡ℎ𝑒
side
T>2 =
tension 𝑖𝑛
in 𝑡ℎ𝑒
side
v =
velocity 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑡
belt
80 =
𝜃 =angle of 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑐𝑡
𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑓 contact
u =
friction
26 =
2𝛽 = 𝑔𝑟𝑜𝑜𝑣𝑒
groove 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒
angle
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Ropes
Ropes
= Widely
Widely used
used where
where aa large
large amount
amount of
of power is to
power is to be
be transmitted
transmitted
over aa considerable
over considerable distance
distance
= Types
Types of
of ropes:
ropes:
•¢ Fiber
Fiber Rope
Rope —– used
used when
when the
the pulleys
pulleys are
are about
about 60
60 m
m apart.
apart.
•¢ Wire
Wire Rope
Rope —– used
used when
when the
the pulleys are up
pulleys are up to
to 150
150 m
m apart.
apart.
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Power Transmitted
by Fiber
Fiber Ropes
Ropes
R
𝑃
P =
= 𝑇1 −
(T; —_ 𝑇2 𝑣
T>)v a Hy
Rope ~. z :
V=711W1
𝑣 =1%W2
= 𝑟1 𝜔1 = 𝑟2 𝜔2 ee TS
Be ole
𝑇 — plécscp Ps
Ty1 = 𝑒 𝜇𝜃𝑐𝑠𝑐𝛽 R, OM
𝑇T>2 2p
Where: 𝑇
tension 𝑖𝑛
in 𝑡ℎ𝑒
side
T,2 =
tension 𝑖𝑛
in 𝑡ℎ𝑒
side
v =
velocity 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑡
belt
80 =
𝜃 =angle of 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑐𝑡
𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑓 contact
u =
friction
26 =
2𝛽 = 𝑔𝑟𝑜𝑜𝑣𝑒
groove 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒
angle
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005)
Wire Ropes
Wire Ropes
Grade of wire 120 140 160 180 200
Tensile strength 1200 — 1500 1400 — 1700 1600 — 1900 1800 — 2100 2000 — 2400
range (MPa)
Core
WIRE ROPE
(a) 6 x 7 rope. (b) 6 x 19 rope. (c) 6 x 37 rope.
Khurmi &
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: 2005)
Gupta, 2005)
& Gupta, [echnslogy D Cvew oy /nnevation
FEU ALABANG FEUDILIMAN = FEU TECH
Classification of
Classification of Wire
Wire Ropes
Ropes
=" Cross
Cross or
or regular
regular lay
lay ropes:
ropes: the
the direction
direction of
of twist
twist of
of wires
wires in
in the
the
strands is
strands is opposite
opposite to
to the
the direction
direction of
of twist
twist of
of the
the stands
stands
= Parallel
Parallel or
or lang
lang lay
lay ropes:
ropes: the
the direction
direction of
of twist
twist of
of the
the wires
wires in
in
the strands
the strands is
is same
same as
as that
that of
of strands
strands in
in the
the rope
rope
=" Composite
Composite or or reverse
reverse laid
laid ropes:
ropes: the
the wires
wires in
in the
the two
two adjacent
adjacent
strands are
strands are twisted
twisted in
in the
the opposite
opposite direction
direction
S——SD_:—CiCO=éRSN xwtWAGSe
a ee =
j
= —=——_D_
— =
RN SN =i i, leit i
— = SS = “ ORV en : AXy)
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Wire Diameter
Wire Diameter
Typeofwire | 6x8 6x19 | 6x37 | &x19

rope
Wire diameter 0.106 d 0.063 d 0.045 d 0.050 d

(d.)
Area of wire rope 0.38 d 0.38 d? 0.38 d? 0.35 d
Psat
(A)
= Note:
Note: ddisis the
the diameter
diameter of
of the
the wire
wire rope
rope
2005)
Gupta, 2005) (echunetegy [/itvew by /urnevatliorw
™|
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: .
& Gupta,
Khurmi & onthe wn A baat 4 / Js SVAfe LY SSI fii LN AAS 7 7 O41
.
Geo MA
FEU TECH
Designation of
Designation of Wire
Wire Ropes
Ropes
Standard designation Application

6 x 7 rope It is a standard coarse laid rope used as haulage rope in mines,
tramways. power transmission.
6 x 19 rope It is a standard hoisting rope used for hoisting purposes m mumes.
quarries. cranes, dredges, elevators. tramways. well drilling.
6 x 37 rope It is an extra flexible hoisting rope used in steel mull laddles.
cranes, high speed elevators.
8 x 19 rope It is also an extra flexible hoisting rope.
© O @ (Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005)
FEU ALABANG — FEU DILIMAN FEU TECH
Stresses in
Stresses in Wire
Wire Ropes
Ropes
=» Direct
Direct Stress
Stress
W+w
𝑊 +𝑤
𝜎 𝑑 =
Oqd = A
𝐴
𝜋
7
2𝑛
𝐴
A== q 𝑑
dwn
4 𝑤
Where: 𝑊
𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒: W =
= 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑
load 𝑙𝑖𝑓𝑡𝑒𝑑
lifted
w =
𝑤 = 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡
weight 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
the 𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒
rope
A𝐴 =
= 𝑁𝑒𝑡
Net 𝑐𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠
cross 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙
sectional 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎
area 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
rope
d,,𝑤 =
𝑑 = 𝑤𝑖𝑟𝑒
wire 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟
diameter
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Stresses in
Stresses in Wire
Wire Ropes
Ropes
=" Bending
Bending Stress
Stress
𝐸𝑟 𝑑𝑤
𝜎𝑏 =
𝐷
Where: 𝐸
𝑊ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒: E,𝑟 =
= 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑢𝑠
Modulus 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
elasticity
D =
𝐷 = 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟
diameter 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑠ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑣𝑒
sheave 𝑜𝑟
or 𝑑𝑟𝑢𝑚
drum
A𝐴 =
= 𝑁𝑒𝑡
area 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
rope
d,,𝑤 =
𝑑 = 𝑤𝑖𝑟𝑒
wire 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟
diameter
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Stresses in
Stresses in Wire
Wire Ropes
Ropes
= Stress
Stress due
due to
to acceleration
acceleration
_ W+w)a
𝑊+𝑤 𝑎
𝜎
Og𝑎 = Ag
𝐴𝑔
Where: 𝑊
= 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑
lifted
w =
weight 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
rope
a =
𝑎 = 𝑎𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
acceleration 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
rope
g =
𝑔 = 𝑎𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
acceleration 𝑑𝑢𝑒
due 𝑡𝑜
to 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦
gravity
A =
𝐴 = 𝑁𝑒𝑡
area 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
rope
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005)
Stresses in
Stresses in Wire
Wire Ropes
Ropes
= Impact
Impact Stress
Stress
22(W
𝑊++w)
𝑤
=
𝜎𝑖 =
𝐴
Where: 𝑊
= 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑
lifted
w =
weight 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
rope
A =
𝐴 = 𝑁𝑒𝑡
area 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
rope
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Effective Load
Effective Load on
on the
the Rope
Rope
» Effective
Effective Load
Load during
during Normal Working
Normal Working
Ww
𝑊 =W+wt
𝑛𝑤 = Wy𝑏
𝑊+𝑤+ 𝑊
= Effective
Effective Load
Load during
during Starting
Starting
Wy.𝑠𝑡 =
𝑊 = 𝑊
W; 𝑖 +
+ 𝑊
W,𝑏
= Effective
Effective Load
Load during
during Acceleration
Acceleration of
of Load
Load
Wa𝑎𝑙 =
𝑊 =~W+wt+w,+wW,
𝑊 + 𝑤 + 𝑊𝑏 + 𝑊𝑎
Where: 𝑊
= 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑
lifted
w =
weight 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑡ℎ𝑒
rope
W,𝑏 =
𝑊 = 𝑏𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔
bending 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑
load
W, 𝑖 =
𝑊 = 𝑖𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑡
impact 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑
load 𝑑𝑢𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔
during 𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔
starting
W,𝑎 =
𝑊 = 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑
load 𝑑𝑢𝑒
due 𝑡𝑜
to 𝑎𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
acceleration
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005)
THANK YOU
THANK YOU FOR
FOR LISTENING!
LISTENING!
Reference
Reference
=" Khurmi,
Khurmi, R.S.
R.S. &
& J.K
J.K Gupta
Gupta (2005).
(2005). A
A Textbook
Textbook of
of
Machine Design.
Eurasia Publishing
House (Pvt.) Ltd.
MACHINE DESIGN
MACHINE DESIGN II
II
TOPIC 1.1
TOPIC 1.1 SAMPLE
SAMPLE PROBLEMS
PROBLEMS
Problem 1:
Problem 1: Two
Two pulleys,
pulleys, one
one 450
450 mmmm diameter
diameter andand thethe other
other 200
200 mmmm diameter
diameter are are onon parallel
parallel
shafts 1.95
shafts 1.95 mm apart
apart and
and are
are connected
connected by by aa crossed
crossed belt.
belt. Find
Find the
the length
length ofof the
the belt
belt required
required and and the
the
angle of
angle of contact
contact between
between thethe belt
belt and
and each
each pulley. What power
pulley. What power cancan be
be transmitted
transmitted by by the
the belt
belt when
when
the larger
the larger pulley
pulley rotates
rotates at
at 200
200 rev/min,
rev/min, ifif the
the maximum
maximum permissible
permissible tension
tension inin the
the belt
belt isis 11 kN,
kN, and
and
the coefficient
the coefficient ofof friction
friction between
between thethe belt
belt and
and pulley
pulley isis 0.25?
0.25?
Given:
Given: Required:
Required:
Belt
Crossed 𝐵𝑒𝑙𝑡
𝐶𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 a.Length
𝑎. 𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 belt
of 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑡
D,1 =
𝐷 =0.45m
0.45 𝑚 b. 𝐴𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒
𝑏. Angle 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑐𝑡
contact
Dz,2 =
𝐷 =0.2m
0.2 𝑚 c. 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟
𝑐. Power 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑑
transmitted
X=1.95m
𝑋 = 1.95 𝑚
N,1 =
𝑁 = 200
200 𝑟𝑝𝑚,
rpm, 𝜔w,1 =
= 20.94
20.94 𝑟𝑎𝑑/𝑠
rad/s
Tmax
𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥 == 1000
1000 𝑁N
u =
𝜇 = 0.25
0.25
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005)
Given:
Given: a. 𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ
𝑎. Length 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑡
belt
Crossed 𝐵𝑒𝑙𝑡
𝐶𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 Belt
𝜋 𝑑1 + 2
D, 1 =
𝐷 =0.45m
0.45 𝑚 1 (d, + 𝑑
d2)?
2
Dy = 0.2m
𝐷2 = 0.2 𝑚 𝐿L== 5 (dy𝑑1 +
+ 𝑑 2 +
do) + 2𝑥
2x +
+
2 4𝑥
X=1.95m
𝑋 = 1.95 𝑚 -
𝜋 (0.45m
0.45𝑚 ++ 0.2𝑚
0.2m)? 2
@11 == 20.94𝑟𝑎𝑑/𝑠
𝜔 20.94rad/s 𝐿[| =
= —(0,.45m
0.45𝑚 + + 0.2𝑚
0.2m) ++ 2(1.95𝑚)
2(1.95m) + +
Tmax
𝑇 𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
= 1000 𝑁
1000 N 22 4(1.95m)
4(1.95𝑚)
H= 0.25
𝜇 = 0.25
𝑳L=4.98m
= 𝟒. 𝟗𝟖 𝒎
c. 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟
𝑐. Power 𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑑
transmitted
ae
Required: b. 𝐴𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒
𝑏. Angle 𝑜𝑓
of 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑐𝑡
contact 𝑃
P =
= 𝑇1 −
(T; a 𝑇2 𝑣
T>)v
a.
a. L rad
𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑚
m
b. θ0
b. 6== 180
𝜃 180++ 2𝛼
2a 𝑣v=, =0.225m
= 𝑟1 𝜔1 = (20.94 ——~) ) =
0.225 𝑚 (20.94 = 4.71
4.71 —
c.
c. P
P 𝑠 𝑠
𝑟m+,
1 + 𝑟2 Tmax
𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥 ==11+Tc =1000N
𝑇1 + 𝑇𝐶 = 1000 𝑁 𝑇T;-𝐶 𝑖𝑠
is 𝑛𝑒𝑔𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑒𝑑
neglected
sina =
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 =
x
𝑥
T,1 =
𝑇 = 1000
1000 𝑁
N
_ _ 0.225𝑚
0.225m + + 0.1𝑚
0.1m
𝑠𝑖𝑛𝛼 = 𝑇1 = oud 1000
on = 7 95m
1.95𝑚 Ty
=𝑒 𝑢𝜃 1000 _ e 0.25(3.48𝑟𝑎𝑑)
𝑇
= 𝑒 0.25(3.48rad)
T>
𝑇2 T22
a =
𝛼 9.59°𝑜
= 9.59
𝑜 T>2 =
𝑇 = 418.95
418.95 𝑁N
0 =
𝜃 = 180
180 +
+ 2(9.59
2(9.59°) ) m
𝑚
P =
𝑃 = (1000
1000 𝑁 N −— 418.95
418.95 𝑁N) 4.71
4.71 —
6 =
𝜽 = 𝟏𝟗𝟗. 𝟏𝟖𝒐 𝒐𝒓
199.18° or 𝟑.
3.48 rad
𝟒𝟖 𝒓𝒂𝒅 𝑠S
P =
𝑷 = 𝟐,
2,736.75
𝟕𝟑𝟔. 𝟕𝟓 𝑾W 𝒐𝒓
or 𝟐.
2.74 kW
𝟕𝟒 𝒌𝑾
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Problem 2:
Problem 2: An
An open
open flat
flat belt
belt is1s required
required to to transmit
transmit 30 30 kW
kW fromfrom aa pulley
pulley ofof 1.5
1.5 mm effective
effective
diameter running
diameter running at at 300
300 r.p.m.
r.p.m. The
The angle
angle of
of contact
contact is1s spread
spread over
over 11/24
11/24 ofof the
the circumference.
circumference. The The
coefficient of
coefficient of friction
friction between
between the the belt
belt and
and pulley
pulley surface
surface isis 0.3.
0.3. Determine,
Determine, takingtaking centrifugal
centrifugal
tension into
tension into account,
account, width
width ofof the
the belt
belt required.
required. ItIt is
is given
given that
that the
the belt
belt thickness
thickness is is 9.5
9.5 mm,
mm, density
density
of its
of its material
material isis 1100
1100 kg/m
kg/m? 3 and
and the
the related
related permissible
permissible working
working stress
stress is
is 2.5
2.5 MPa.
MPa.
Given:
Given: Required:
Required:
Open 𝐵𝑒𝑙𝑡
𝑂𝑝𝑒𝑛 Belt 𝑡t=9.5mm
= 9.5 𝑚𝑚 Width 𝑜𝑓
𝑊𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ of 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑡
belt (𝑏)
(b)
P =
𝑃 = 30,000
30,000 𝑊
W u=0.3
𝜇 = 0.3
k
𝑘𝑔
𝐷1 = 1.5 𝑚 𝜌 = 1100 3
𝑚
N,1 =
𝑁 = 300
300 𝑟𝑝𝑚,
rpm, 𝜔
w,1 =
= 31.42
31.42 𝑟𝑎𝑑/𝑠
rad/s
11 o0 =
𝜎 =2.5MPa
2.5 𝑀𝑃𝑎
11
𝜃d==54 𝑥2𝜋
ter 𝑟𝑎𝑑
rad == 2.88
2.88 𝑟𝑎𝑑
rad
24
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Given:
Given:
𝑂𝑝𝑒𝑛 Belt 𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥
𝑃P == 30,000
30,000 𝑊 W =
𝜎=— 𝑃
P =
= (T;𝑇T 1 —−
—_ 𝑇 T2) 𝑣Vv
T: 2
𝑏𝑡
𝐷D,=1.5m
1 = 1.5 𝑚 𝑚
m
𝜔W,1 =
= 31.42
31.42 𝑟𝑎𝑑/𝑠
rad/s Tmax
𝑇 =T1𝑇1 ++ 𝑇Tc𝐶
𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 30,000 𝑊
30,000 W == (T,𝑇1 −— 0.4215
0.4215 𝑇T;)1 (23.57
23.57 —
𝑠
)
𝜃6 == 2.88
2.88 𝑟𝑎𝑑
rad
𝑡t=9.5mm
= 9.5 𝑚𝑚 Tc𝐶 == 𝜌𝑏𝑡𝑣
𝑇 pbtv? 2 T,1 == 2,200.18
𝑇 2,200.18 𝑁
N
w== 0.3
𝜇 0.3 1.5 𝑚 𝑟𝑎𝑑
Ta
kg
𝑘𝑔 𝑣vV=10,
= 𝑟1 𝜔1 =
=—— (31.42
(31 2—) ) 𝑇
T,1 + 𝑇𝐶
+ Te
𝜌 = 1100 3 2 𝑠S 𝜎=
𝑏bt𝑡
Oo =
𝑚
𝜎o0 =2.5MPa
= 2.5 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑚
v = 23.57—
𝑣 = 23.57
𝑠5 2,200.18 𝑁
2,200.18 N ++ 5805.44
5805.44 𝑏b
Required:
𝑚 22 2,500,000 =
Pa =
2,500,000 𝑃𝑎
𝑏b (0.0095𝑚)
(0.0095m)
Required:
𝑘𝑔
Width b
Width b
¢ = 11005 (b)(0.0095m)
T- 𝐶 =
𝑇 = 1100
1100 Kg 3 (𝑏)(0.0095𝑚)
𝑚
b)(0.0095 (23.57 —)
23 57 —
23.57
𝑠
7 b =
𝒃 = 𝟎.
0.1226 mor𝒐𝒓 𝟏𝟐𝟐.
𝟏𝟐𝟐𝟔 𝒎 122.6𝟔 𝒎𝒎
mm
Tc𝐶 =
𝑇 = 5805.44
5805.44 𝑏 b (𝑖𝑛
(in 𝑁𝑒𝑤𝑡𝑜𝑛𝑠
Newtons 𝑖𝑓
if 𝑏
b 𝑖𝑠
is 𝑚)
m)
𝑇 𝑇
Un 1 =
— 𝑒
oud
𝑢𝜃 ya 1 = 𝑒 0.3(2.88
0.3(2.88 𝑟𝑎𝑑)
rad)
𝑇>2 >2
𝑇
𝑇2 = 0.4215 𝑇1
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
THANK YOU
THANK YOU FOR
FOR LISTENING!
LISTENING!
Reference
Reference
=" Khurmi,
Khurmi, R.S.
R.S. &
& J.K
J.K Gupta
Gupta (2005).
(2005). A
A Textbook
Textbook of
of
Machine Design.
Eurasia Publishing
House (Pvt.) Ltd.
MACHINE DESIGN
MACHINE DESIGN II
II
TOPIC 1.2
TOPIC 1.2 SAMPLE
SAMPLE PROBLEMS
PROBLEMS
Problem 1:
Problem 1: An
An open
open belt
belt drive
drive consists
consists ofof two
two V-belts
V-belts in
in parallel,
parallel, on
on grooved
grooved pulleys
pulleys ofof the
the same
same
size. The
size. The angle
angle of
of the
the groove
groove is
is 30°.
30°. The
The cross-sectional
cross-sectional areaarea of
of each
each belt
belt is
is 750
750 mmmm? 2 and
and μ pw =
= 0.12.
0.12.
The density
The density ofof the
the belt
belt material
material is
is 1200
1200 kg
kg // m
m? 3 and
and the
the maximum
maximum safe safe stress
stress in
in the
the material
material is is 77
MPa. Calculate
MPa. Calculate the
the total
total power that can
power that can be
be transmitted
transmitted between
between pulleys
pulleys ofof 300
300 mmmm diameter
diameter
rotating at
rotating at 1500
1500 r.p.m.
r.p.m.
Given:
Given: Required:
Required:
Open 𝐵𝑒𝑙𝑡,
𝑂𝑝𝑒𝑛 Belt,n𝑛 == 2
2 𝑏𝑒𝑙𝑡𝑠
belts Total 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 Power 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑠𝑚𝑖𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑑
Transmitted
2B =
2𝛽 = 30
30°,
𝑜 B =15°𝑜
, 𝛽 =15
A =
𝐴 = 750𝑚𝑚
750mm? 2
p== 0.12
𝜇 0.12
𝑘𝑔
p== 1200
𝜌 1200-4 3
𝑚
o =
𝜎 =7MPa
7 𝑀𝑃𝑎
D=0.3m
𝐷 = 0.3 𝑚
N =
𝑁 = 1500
1500 𝑟𝑝𝑚,
rpm, 𝜔
w =
= 157.08
157.08 𝑟𝑎𝑑/𝑠
rad/s
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005)
Given:
Given:
𝑃
Pr𝑇 =
= 𝑛 𝑇1 −
n(T, a 𝑇2 𝑣
T>)v 𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
Tmax = 𝑇
1,1 +
+ 𝑇
Te𝐶
𝑂𝑝𝑒𝑛 Belt
rad
𝑟𝑎𝑑
nn=2
=2 𝑣v=rw
= 𝑟𝜔 = 0.15 𝑚 (157.08 >? )
=0.15m (157.08 5250 𝑁
5250 N =
= 𝑇
T,1 +
+ 499.57
499.57 𝑁
N T,1 =
𝑇 = 4750.43
4750.43 𝑁
N
B =15
𝛽 =15°𝑜 𝑠
A =
= 750𝑚𝑚
750mm? 2
m
𝑚 𝑇
𝐴 𝑣v == 23.56
23.56— Ty1 = elOcscB
= 𝑒 𝜇𝜃𝑐𝑠𝑐𝛽
w== 0.12
𝜇 0.12 𝑠S
kg
𝑘𝑔 rT,2
𝑇
𝜌 = 1200 3 𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥
Tmax
𝑚 𝜎=
Oo =
Since 𝑡ℎ𝑒
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 the 𝑝𝑢𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑦𝑠
pulleys ℎ𝑎𝑣𝑒
have 𝑡ℎ𝑒
the 𝑠𝑎𝑚𝑒
same 𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟
diameter
o =
𝜎 =7MPa
7 𝑀𝑃𝑎 A
𝐴
D=0.3m
𝐷 = 0.3 𝑚 𝑇𝑚𝑎𝑥
ee
𝜃6 = 1802𝑜 𝑜𝑟
= 180 orm𝜋rad
𝑟𝑎𝑑
rad
𝑟𝑎𝑑 77MPa=
𝑀𝑃𝑎 =
@ =
𝜔 = 157.08
157.08 — 750mm2 2
750𝑚𝑚 4750.43
4750.43 𝑁
N
𝑠Ss — 𝑒
= p0.12(m)csc15°
0.12(𝜋)𝑐𝑠𝑐15𝑜 𝑇=T>,2 =
=1107N
1107 𝑁
Required:
Required: Tmax
𝑇 = 5250
𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 5250N𝑁 T22
𝑇
𝑚
m
Total Power
Total Power
Pr𝑇 =
𝑃 = 𝑛n(Ty𝑇1 −
— 𝑇T2)v
2 𝑣 == 22(4750.43
4750.43 𝑁N −
— 1107
1107 𝑁
N )23.56—
23.56
𝑇 𝑠
𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
Tmax = 𝑇
11,1 +
+ 𝑇
Te𝐶
2
P =
𝑷 = 𝟏𝟕𝟏,
171,678𝟔𝟕𝟖 𝑾 W 𝒐𝒓
or 𝟏𝟕𝟏.
171.68 kW
𝟔𝟖 𝒌𝑾
𝑇
Tc𝐶 =
= 𝜌𝐴𝑣
pAv?
2 22
𝑘𝑔 1𝑚 𝑚
T. 𝐶 =
𝑇 = 120022. (750mm? )
1200 3 (750𝑚𝑚 2 ul “(2323.56
56—)
oe. mi
𝑚 mm") 1000mm
1000𝑚𝑚 𝑠ars
Tc𝐶 =
𝑇 = 499.57
499.57 𝑁N
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
Problem 2:
Problem 2: An
An extra
extra flexible
flexible 88 × x 19
19 steel
steel wire
wire rope
rope ofof 38
38 mm
mm diameter
diameter is is used
used with
with aa 2 2 mm diameter
diameter
hoist drum
hoist drum toto lift
lift 50
50 kN
KN of of load.
load. The
The wire
wire rope
rope has
has aa length
length ofof 900
900 meters.
meters. TheThe maximum
maximum speed speed is
is
33 mm/s/ s and
and the
the acceleration
acceleration is is 1.5
1.5 mm/s’. The diameter
/ s2. The diameter of of the
the wire
wire may
may bebe taken
taken as as 0.05
0.05 d, d, where
where d d
is the
is the diameter
diameter of of wire
wire rope.
rope. The
The modulus
modulus of of elasticity
elasticity ofof the
the entire
entire rope
rope is 84 ×
is 84 x 1010°?3 N/mm/?.
N/mm2. The The
weight of
weight of the
the rope
rope is is 53 53 N/m length. Determine
N/m length. Determine the the bending
bending load,
load, additional
additional load load duedue to
to
acceleration and
acceleration and impact
impact load.
load. Also,
Also, determine
determine the the effective
effective load
load during
during acceleration.
acceleration.
Given:
Given: Required:
Required:
𝑚m .
8x19 𝑤𝑖𝑟𝑒
8𝑥19 rope
wire 𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒 = 1.5 52 2
𝑎a=1.5 𝑎. Bending 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑
a. 𝐵𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 (W,)𝑏 )
Load (𝑊
𝑠
d =
𝑑 = 38
38mm
𝑚𝑚 𝑑d,, =
= 0.05
0.05 d𝑑 b. 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑
𝑏. Load 𝑑𝑢𝑒
due 𝑡𝑜
acceleration (𝑊
(W,)
𝑎)
𝑤
D=2 𝑐.I𝐼𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑡t 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑
Load (𝑊
(W;𝑖 )
𝐷 =2𝑚
i E == 84,000
𝐸 84,000 𝑀𝑃𝑎
MPa amc cacads 0)
𝑊
W == 50,000
50,000 𝑁
N a N d. 𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒
𝑑. Ef fective 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑
Load 𝑑𝑢𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔
during 𝑎𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
acceleration (𝑊
(W,))
𝑎𝑙 )
𝑤 𝑁
L=900m
𝐿 = 900 𝑚 T== 53
53 —
a
𝑚 𝐿 m
𝑚
v=3—
𝑣 =3 N
𝑁
𝑠. w=53
𝑤 = 53 7 (900 m) =
900 𝑚 = 47,700
47,700 𝑁
N
𝑚
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
2005)
Given:
Given: a. 𝐵𝑒𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔
𝑎. Bending 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑
Load b. 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑
𝑏. Load 𝑑𝑢𝑒
due 𝑡𝑜
acceleration
8x19 𝑤𝑖𝑟𝑒
8𝑥19 wire 𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑒
rope
𝑑d== 3838mm 𝑚𝑚 𝑊
Wp𝑏 𝐸 𝑑𝑤
E,𝑟dy Wa𝑎 We𝑊
𝑊 +w+)a𝑤 𝑎
𝐷D=2m
=2𝑚 > aaa
𝜎𝑏 =
𝐴
=
𝐷
𝜎
Oq𝑎 =
= A =
𝐴
—_ Ag
𝐴𝑔
𝑊W = = 50,000
𝐿L=900m
50,000 𝑁
= 900 𝑚
N
A=
𝜋
M42
𝐴 = qawn
𝑑𝑤2𝑛 w,𝑊𝑎 (500 00N ++ 47700𝑁
50000𝑁 47700N)(1.5-
(1.5 5)2 )
𝑚
𝑠
4
430.96mm?
m
𝑚 =
𝑣v=3—
=3
𝑠S
𝑚
m dy,𝑤 =
𝑑 =0.05d
0.05 𝑑
430.96 𝑚𝑚2 430.96 𝑚𝑚
430.96 mm2(29.81
(9.81 45)2 )
𝑚
𝑠S
𝑎a== 1.5
W,𝒂 == 𝟏𝟒,
14,939 N 𝒐𝒓
or 𝟏𝟒.
14.94 kN
153
𝑠2 𝑾 𝟗𝟑𝟗 𝑵 𝟗𝟒 𝒌𝑵
𝑑dy𝑤 == 0.05
0.05 𝑑d dy,𝑤 =
𝑑 = 0.05(38
0.05(38 𝑚𝑚)
mm)
𝐸E == 84,000
84,000 𝑀𝑃𝑎MPa c. 𝐼𝑚𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑡
𝑐. Impact 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑Load
𝑤w == 47,700
47,700 𝑁 N dy𝑤 =
𝑑 =1.9mm
1.9 𝑚𝑚
W,;𝑖 2
𝑊 2W+w
𝑊+𝑤
1
𝜋 𝜎𝑖 = = 𝑊𝑖 = 2 𝑊 + 𝑤
A=
𝐴 = 4 (19 mm)? 2(8x19)
1.9 𝑚𝑚 (8𝑥19) 𝐴 𝐴
4
Required:
Required: 𝑊W; 𝑖 =
= 22(50000N
50000𝑁 + + 47700𝑁
47700N)
a. W
a. W, b A =
𝐴 = 430.96
430.96 𝑚𝑚mm? 2
b. W
b. W, a W, 𝒊 =
𝑾 = 𝟏𝟗𝟓,
195,400
𝟒𝟎𝟎 𝑵N 𝒐𝒓
or 𝟏𝟗𝟓.
195.4𝟒 𝒌𝑵
kN
c. Wi1
c.
𝑊 𝐸
Wy𝑏 _ E,dw 𝑑
𝑟 𝑤
=
d. W
d. W. alal AD 𝐷
𝐴 d. 𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒
𝑑. Ef fective 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑
Load 𝑑𝑢𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔
during 𝐴𝑐𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
Acceleration 𝑜𝑓
of 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑
Load
W,𝑏
𝑊 _ 84,000
84,000 𝑀𝑃𝑎(1.9
MPa(1.9 𝑚𝑚
mm )) Wa𝑎𝑙 =
𝑊 =W+t+wt+w,+wWw,
𝑊 + 𝑤 + 𝑊𝑏 + 𝑊𝑎
=
430.96 𝑚𝑚
430.96 mm2 2 — 2000 𝑚𝑚
2000 mm Wai𝑎𝑙 =
𝑊 = 50
50 𝑘𝑁
KN ++ 47.7
47.7 𝑘𝑁
KN ++ 34.39
34.39 𝑘𝑁
KN ++ 14.94
14.94 𝑘𝑁
kN
W, 𝒃 =
𝑾 = 𝟑𝟒,
34,390
𝟑𝟗𝟎 𝑵N 𝒐𝒓
or 𝟑𝟒.
34.39 KN
𝟑𝟗 𝒌𝑵 W 𝒂𝒍
𝑾 ai == 𝟏𝟒𝟕.
147.03 KN
𝟎𝟑 𝒌𝑵
(Source: Khurmi
(Source: Khurmi &
& Gupta,
Gupta, 2005)
THANK YOU
THANK YOU FOR
FOR LISTENING!
LISTENING!
Reference
Reference
=" Khurmi,
Khurmi, R.S.
R.S. &
& J.K
J.K Gupta
Gupta (2005).
(2005). A
A Textbook
Textbook of
of
Machine Design.
Eurasia Publishing
House (Pvt.) Ltd.
Chains and Flywheels
Module 2
By the end of this module, the learner is intended to:
1. Discuss the fundamental concepts of chain drives and flywheels
2. Solve problems under chain drives and flywheels
Subtopic 1
Chain Drives
• Made up of number of rigid links which are hinged together by pin joints
for wrapping around the toothed wheels called sprockets.
• Mostly used to transmit power when the center distance between the
shafts is short such as in bicycles, agricultural machinery, conveyors, etc.
Advantages: Disadvantages:
• Can be used for long and short • High production cost
center distances • Not suitable for non-parallel
• Have small overall dimensions shafts
than belt drives • Requires housing
• Does not slip • Generates noise
• High efficiency • Need monitoring and
• Does not require initial tension maintenance (i.e. lubrication and
• Easy to replace slack adjustment)
1. Pitch of chain, p: distance between corresponding hinge center of links
2. Pitch diameter, D: diameter of circle on which the hinge centers of the
chain lie
180° 𝑝
𝑠𝑖𝑛 =
𝑇 𝐷
𝐷 = pitch diameter
𝑝 = pitch of chain
𝑇 = number of teeth
𝑁1 𝑇2
=
𝑁2 𝑇1
𝑁1 = rpm of smaller sprocket

𝑁2 = rpm of larger sprocket
𝑇1 = number of teeth of smaller sprocket
𝑇2 = number of teeth of larger sprocket
Average velocity of chain:

𝑣 = 𝑟𝜔 = 𝑇𝑝𝑁
𝐿 = 𝐾𝑝
𝐿 = length of chain
𝐾 = number of chain links (approx. to nearest even number)
2
𝑇1 + 𝑇2 2𝐶 𝑇2 − 𝑇1 𝑝
𝐾= + +
2 𝑝 2𝜋 𝐶
Average good center distance

𝐷1
𝐶𝑎𝑣𝑒 = 𝐷2 +
2
• To allow for shock loads and hours per day of use, the transmitted
horsepower is multiplied by a service factor to obtain the design
horsepower
Roller Chain Silent Chain

Type of Load
10hrs/day 24hrs/day 10hrs/day 24hrs/day
Uniform load, average 1.0 1.2 1.0 - 1.2 1.3 - 1.5
conditions
Moderate Shock 1.2 1.4 1.3 -1.5 1.6 - 1.8
Heavy Shock 1.4 1.7 1.6 – 2.0 2.0 - 2.5
• Roller chains are manufactured in standard pitches as shown in the table
below.
• In the chain number: the right-hand digit
• 5 indicates a rollerless bushing chain
• 1 indicates a lightweight chain
• 0 indicates a chain of usual proportion with roller.
• The number on the left is the number of 1/8 in. for the pitch
Determine the length of an RC50 roller chain to transmit power from a 10-hp,
1200-rpm motor to a centrifugal pump running at 600 rpm. Use a service
factor of 1.4. The number of teeth on the smaller sprocket is 19.
Determine the length of an RC50 roller chain to transmit power from a 10-hp, 1200-rpm motor to a
centrifugal pump running at 600 rpm. Use a service factor of 1.4. The number of teeth on the smaller
sprocket is 19.
1
Given: RC50, 𝑝 = 5 × 𝑖𝑛 = 0.625 𝑖𝑛
8
𝑃 = 10ℎ𝑝
𝑁1 = 1200 𝑟𝑝𝑚
𝑁2 = 600 𝑟𝑝𝑚
𝑆𝐹 = 1.4
𝑇1 = 19 teeth
sprocket is 19.
𝐿 = 𝐾𝑝
𝑇1 +𝑇2 2𝐶 𝑇2 −𝑇1 2 𝑝
𝐾= + +
2 𝑝 2𝜋 𝐶
𝑁1 𝑇
= 2
𝑁2 𝑇1
1200 𝑟𝑝𝑚 𝑇2
=
600 𝑟𝑝𝑚 19 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ
𝑇2 = 38 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ
sprocket is 19.
𝐷1
2
180° 𝑝
sin =
𝑇 𝐷
180° 0.625 𝑖𝑛.
sin =
19 𝐷1
𝐷1 = 3.8 𝑖𝑛
180° 0.625 𝑖𝑛.

sin =
38 𝐷2
𝐷2 = 7.57 𝑖𝑛
sprocket is 19.
𝐷1
2
3.8 𝑖𝑛
𝐶𝑎𝑣𝑒 = 7.57 𝑖𝑛 + = 9.47 𝑖𝑛
2
𝑇1 +𝑇2 2𝐶 𝑇2 −𝑇1 2 𝑝
𝐾= + +
2 𝑝 2𝜋 𝐶
19+38 2(9.47𝑖𝑛) 38−19 2 0.625𝑖𝑛
𝐾= + + = 59.41
2 0.625𝑖𝑛 2𝜋 9.47𝑖𝑛
Use 𝐾 = 60 links (nearest even number)
sprocket is 19.
𝐿 = 𝐾𝑝
𝐿 = 60 0.625 𝑖𝑛 = 37.5 𝑖𝑛
𝑤𝑝𝑣 𝑣
𝑃= 1−
53 425(𝑇1 − 8)
2
900 3
𝐸𝑚𝑝𝑖𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑢𝑙𝑎: 𝑝 ≤
𝑁1
𝑃 = horsepower
𝑝 = pitch in inches
𝑣 = velocity chain in ft/min
𝑇1 = number of teeth in smaller sprocket
𝑤 = chain width
𝑁1 = rpm of smaller sprocket
Note: Chain widths vary by ¼-in. increment

Determine the width of an inverted tooth chain to transmit power from a 10-
hp, 1200-rpm motor to a centrifugal pump. Use a service factor of 1.7. The
number of teeth on the smaller sprocket is 21.
Determine the width of an inverted tooth chain to transmit power from a 10-hp, 1200-rpm motor to a
centrifugal pump. Use a service factor of 1.7. The number of teeth on the smaller sprocket is 21.
Given: Inverted tooth chain

𝑃 = 10 ℎ𝑝
𝑁1 = 1200 𝑟𝑝𝑚
𝑆𝐹 = 1.7
𝑤𝑝𝑣 𝑣
𝑃= 1−
53 425(𝑇1 −8)
Apply service factor: 𝑃 = 1.7 10ℎ𝑝 = 17ℎ𝑝
2
900 3
𝑝≤
𝑁1
2
900 3
𝑝≤
1200
𝑝 ≤ 0.825 𝑖𝑛
3
Use 𝑝 = 𝑖𝑛 = 0.75 𝑖𝑛
4
𝑣 = 𝑟𝜔 = 𝑇𝑝𝑁
𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ 𝑖𝑛 1 𝑓𝑡 𝑓𝑡
𝑣 = 21 0.75 1200 𝑟𝑝𝑚 = 1575
𝑟𝑒𝑣 𝑡𝑜𝑜𝑡ℎ 12 𝑖𝑛 𝑚𝑖𝑛
𝑤𝑝𝑣 𝑣
𝑃= 1−
53 425(𝑇1 −8)
𝑓𝑡 𝑓𝑡
𝑤(0.75𝑖𝑛)(1575 ) 1575
𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑚𝑖𝑛
17 ℎ𝑝 = 1−
53 425(21−8)
𝑤 = 1.07 𝑖𝑛
Since chain widths vary by ¼-in. increment, use 𝑤 = 1.25 𝑖𝑛

Subtopic 2
Flywheels
• Acts as a reservoir which stores energy during
the period when the supply of energy is more
than the requirement
• Releases energy during the period when the
requirement is more than supply
• The kind of energy stored by the flywheel is
kinetic energy.
The function of the flywheel are to:
1. Store and release energy when needed during the work cycle
2. Reduce the power capacity of electric motor or engine
3. Reduce the amplitude of speed fluctuations
𝑑𝜔
𝐼 = 𝑇𝑖 − 𝑇𝑜
𝑑𝑡
• Maximum Fluctuation of Speed
Difference of maximum and minimum speeds during a cycle
• Coefficient of Fluctuation of Speed, 𝑪𝑺
Ratio of the maximum fluctuation of speed to the mean speed
𝑁1 − 𝑁2 𝑣1 − 𝑣2
𝐶𝑠 = =
𝑁 𝑣
𝑁 = average rpm
𝑣 = average speed
∆𝐾𝐸
𝑚 = 2 = 2𝜋𝑅𝐴𝜌
𝑣 𝐶𝑠
∆𝐾𝐸 = kinetic energy

𝑏 = width of rim
𝑡 = thickness of rim
𝐴 = 𝑏𝑡
𝑅 = mean radius
𝜌 = density
𝑣 = linear velocity
• Coefficient of Fluctuation of Energy
Ratio of the maximum fluctuation of energy to the work done per cycle
𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑓𝑙𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 ∆𝐾𝐸

𝐶𝐸 = =
𝑊𝑜𝑟𝑘 𝑑𝑜𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑐𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑒 𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝜃
𝑇 = mean torque
𝜃 = angle turned in rad
𝜃 = 2𝜋 for steam engines and 2 stroke ICE
𝜃 = 4𝜋 for 4 stroke ICE
It is assumed that the energy stored
in the flywheel is E at the point 𝐴.
Energy at B = 𝐸 − 𝑎1
Energy at C = 𝐸 − 𝑎1 + 𝑎2
Energy at D = 𝐸 − 𝑎1 + 𝑎2 − 𝑎3
1. The turning moment diagram for a petrol engine is drawn to the following
scales: Turning moment, 1 mm = 5 N-m; Crank angle, 1 mm = 1º. The
turning moment diagram repeats itself at every half revolution of the
engine and the areas above and below the mean turning moment line,
taken in order are 295, 685, 40, 340, 960, 270 mm2. Determine the mass
of 300 mm diameter flywheel rim when the coefficient of fluctuation of
speed is 0.3% and the engine runs at 1800 r.p.m. Also determine the
thickness of the rim when the width of the rim is twice of thickness.
Assume density of rim material as 7250 kg/m3
1. The turning moment diagram for a petrol engine is drawn to the following scales: Turning moment, 1 mm = 5 N-
m; Crank angle, 1 mm = 1º. The turning moment diagram repeats itself at every half revolution of the engine
and the areas above and below the mean turning moment line, taken in order are 295, 685, 40, 340, 960, 270
mm2. Determine the mass of 300 mm diameter flywheel rim when the coefficient of fluctuation of speed is 0.3%
and the engine runs at 1800 r.p.m. Also determine the thickness of the rim when the width of the rim is twice of
thickness. Assume density of rim material as 7250 kg/m3
𝜋
Given: Scale 1 𝑚𝑚 = 5 𝑁𝑚 and 1 𝑚𝑚 = 1° = 𝑟𝑎𝑑
180
𝜋 𝜋
1 𝑚𝑚2 = 5 𝑁𝑚 𝑟𝑎𝑑 = 𝑟𝑎𝑑
180 36
Areas 295, 685, 40, 340, 960, 270 𝑚𝑚2
𝐷 = 0.3 𝑚, 𝑅 = 0.15 𝑚
𝐶𝑆 = 0.003
𝑟𝑎𝑑
𝑁 = 1800 𝑟𝑝𝑚, 𝜔 = 188.5
𝑠
𝑘𝑔
𝜌= 7250 3 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ = 2 × 𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑐𝑘𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠
𝑚
a. Mass of flywheel
∆𝐾𝐸
𝑚 = 2 = 2𝜋𝑅𝐴𝜌
𝑣 𝐶𝑠
𝑣 = 𝑟𝜔
𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑚
𝑣 = 0.15 𝑚 188.5 = 28.28
𝑠 𝑠
∆𝐾𝐸 = 𝐸𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝐸𝑚𝑖𝑛

Areas 295, 685, 40, 340, 960, 270 𝑚𝑚2
a. Mass of flywheel
Let 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐴 = 𝐸𝐴
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐵 = 𝐸𝐴 + 295 𝑚𝑚2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐶 = 𝐸𝐴 + +295 − 685 = 𝐸𝐴 − 390 𝑚𝑚2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐷 = 𝐸𝐴 − 390 + 40 = 𝐸𝐴 − 350 𝑚𝑚2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐸 = 𝐸𝐴 − 350 − 340 = 𝐸𝐴 − 690 𝑚𝑚2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐹 = 𝐸𝐴 − 690 + 960 = 𝐸𝐴 + 270 𝑚𝑚2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐺 = 𝐸𝐴 + 270 − 270 = 𝐸𝐴
∆𝐾𝐸 = 𝐸𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝐸𝑚𝑖𝑛

a. Mass of flywheel
∆𝐾𝐸 = 𝐸𝐴 + 295 𝑚𝑚2 − 𝐸𝐴 − 690 𝑚𝑚2
𝜋
𝑁𝑚
∆𝐾𝐸 = 985 𝑚𝑚2 × 36
= 85.96 𝐽
1 𝑚𝑚2
∆𝐾𝐸
𝑚=
𝑣 2 𝐶𝑆
85.96 𝐽
𝑚= 𝑚 2
= 35.83 𝑘𝑔
28.28 𝑠 (0.003)
b. Rim thickness
𝑚 = 2𝜋𝑅(𝑏𝑡)𝜌
𝑘𝑔
35.83 𝑘𝑔 = 2𝜋(0.15 𝑚)(2𝑡)(𝑡)(7250 3 )
𝑚
𝑡 = 0.0512 𝑚 𝑜𝑟 51.2 𝑚𝑚
2. A single cylinder double acting steam engine develops 150 kW at a
mean speed of 80 rpm. The coefficient of fluctuation of energy is 0.1 and
the fluctuation of speed is ± 2% of mean speed. If the mean diameter of
the flywheel rim is 2 meters and the hub and spokes provide 5 percent of
the rotational inertia of the wheel, find the mass of the flywheel. Assume
the density of the flywheel material (which is cast iron) as 7200 kg/m3.
2. A single cylinder double acting steam engine develops 150 kW at a mean speed of 80 rpm. The coefficient of
fluctuation of energy is 0.1 and the fluctuation of speed is ± 2% of mean speed. If the mean diameter of the
flywheel rim is 2 meters and the hub and spokes provide 5 percent of the rotational inertia of the wheel, find
the mass of the flywheel. Assume the density of the flywheel material (which is cast iron) as 7200 kg/m 3.
Given: Steam engine, 𝜃 = 2𝜋

𝑃 = 150 𝑘𝑊
𝑟𝑎𝑑
𝑁 = 80 𝑟𝑝𝑚, 𝜔 = 8.38
𝑠
𝐶𝐸 = 0.1
Fluctuation of speed: ±2% 𝑁 or 0.02 𝑁
𝐷 = 2 𝑚, 𝑅 = 1 𝑚
Hub and stroke provide 5% of rotational inertia
𝜌 = 7200 𝑘𝑔/𝑚3
∆𝐾𝐸
𝑚= = 2𝜋𝑅𝐴𝜌
𝑣 2 𝐶𝑠
𝑣 = 𝑟𝜔
𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑚
𝑣 = 1𝑚 8.38 = 8.38
𝑠 𝑠
Fluctuation of speed, ±2%

𝑁𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 𝑁 + 0.02𝑁 = 1.02 𝑁
𝑁𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 𝑁 − 0.02𝑁 = 0.98 𝑁
𝑁 −𝑁
𝐶𝑠 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑚𝑖𝑛
𝑁
1.02 𝑁 −0.98 𝑁
𝐶𝑠 = = 0.04
𝑁
∆𝐾𝐸
𝐶𝐸 =
𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝜃
2𝜋𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝑁
𝑃= = 𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝜔
60
𝑟𝑎𝑑
150 𝑘𝑊 = 𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 8.38
𝑠
𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 = 17.9 𝑘𝑁𝑚
∆𝐾𝐸
0.1 =
17.9 𝑘𝑁𝑚(2𝜋)
∆𝐾𝐸 = 11.247 𝑘𝐽
Hub and stroke provide 5% of rotational inertia

Use ∆𝐾𝐸 = 11.247 𝑘𝐽 0.95 = 10.68 𝑘𝐽
∆𝐾𝐸
𝑚=
𝑣 2 𝐶𝑠
10,680 J
𝑚= 𝑚 2 = 3802.1 𝑘𝑔
8.38 0.04
𝑠
• Tensile Stress – due to centrifugal force
• Bending Stress – due to restraint of arms
2𝜋2 𝜌𝑣 2 𝑅
𝜎𝑇 = 𝜌𝑣 2 𝜎𝐵 =
𝑛2 𝑡
𝑅 = mean radius of flywheel

𝜌 = density of flywheel
𝑣 = linear velocity
𝑛 = no. of arms
𝑡 = thickness of arms
MACHINE DESIGN II
TOPIC 2.1 SAMPLE PROBLEMS
Problem 1: Determine the length of an RC50 roller chain to transmit power from a 10-hp, 1200-
rpm motor to a centrifugal pump running at 600 rpm. Use a service factor of 1.4. The number of
teeth on the smaller sprocket is 19.
Given: Required:
1
𝑅𝐶50, 𝑝 = 5𝑥 𝑖𝑛 = 0.625 𝑖𝑛 𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑖𝑛 𝑅𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑑
8
𝑃 = 10 ℎ𝑝
𝑁1 = 1200 𝑟𝑝𝑚
𝑁2 = 600 𝑟𝑝𝑚
𝑆𝐹 = 1.4
Given: 𝐿 = 𝐾𝑝 180𝑜
𝑝 = 0.625 𝑖𝑛 𝐷2 = 𝑝 𝑐𝑠𝑐
2
𝑃 = 10 ℎ𝑝 𝑇1 + 𝑇2 2𝐶 𝑇2 − 𝑇1 𝑝 𝑇2
𝑁1 = 1200 𝑟𝑝𝑚 𝐾= + +
2 𝑝 2𝜋 𝐶 180𝑜
𝑁2 = 600 𝑟𝑝𝑚
𝑁1 𝑇2 𝐷2 = 0.625 𝑖𝑛 𝑐𝑠𝑐
𝑆𝐹 = 1.4 38 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ
𝑇1 = 19 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ =
𝑁2 𝑇1 𝐷2 = 7.57 𝑖𝑛
1200 𝑟𝑝𝑚 𝑇2
Required:
= 𝐷1
Chain Length 600 𝑟𝑝𝑚 19 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ 𝐶𝑎𝑣𝑒 = 𝐷2 +
2
𝑇2 = 38 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ 3.8 𝑖𝑛
𝐷1 𝐶𝑎𝑣𝑒 = 7.57 𝑖𝑛 + 𝐶𝑎𝑣𝑒 = 9.47 𝑖𝑛
2
2 𝑇1 + 𝑇2 2𝐶 𝑇2 − 𝑇1 2 𝑝
180𝑜 𝐾= + +
𝐷1 = 𝑝 𝑐𝑠𝑐 2 𝑝 2𝜋 𝐶
𝑇1 2
19 + 38 2(9.47𝑖𝑛) 38 − 19 0.625𝑖𝑛
180𝑜 𝐾= + +
𝐷1 = 0.625 𝑖𝑛 𝑐𝑠𝑐 2 0.625𝑖𝑛 2𝜋 9.47𝑖𝑛
19 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ 𝐾 = 59.41 𝑈𝑠𝑒 𝐾 = 60 links (nearest even no. )
𝐷1 = 3.8 𝑖𝑛 𝐿 = 𝐾𝑝 = 60(0.625 𝑖𝑛)
𝑳 = 𝟑𝟕. 𝟓 𝒊𝒏
Problem 2: Determine the width of an inverted tooth chain to transmit power from a 10-hp, 1200-
rpm motor to a centrifugal pump. Use a service factor of 1.7. The number of teeth on the smaller
sprocket is 21.
Given: Required:
𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑜𝑜𝑡ℎ 𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑖𝑛 𝑊𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑖𝑛
𝑃 = 10 ℎ𝑝
𝑁1 = 1200 𝑟𝑝𝑚
𝑆𝐹 = 1.7
Given
𝑤𝑝𝑣 𝑣 𝑣 = 𝑟𝜔 = 𝑇𝑝𝑁
𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑡𝑜𝑜𝑡ℎ 𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑖𝑛 𝑃= 1−
𝑃 = 10 ℎ𝑝 53 425(𝑇1 − 8) 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ 𝑖𝑛 1 𝑓𝑡
𝑣 = 21 0.75 (1200 𝑟𝑝𝑚)
𝑁1 = 1200 𝑟𝑝𝑚 𝑟𝑒𝑣 𝑡𝑜𝑜𝑡ℎ 12 𝑖𝑛
𝑆𝐹 = 1.7 𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑙𝑦𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑆𝑒𝑟𝑣𝑖𝑐𝑒 𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟:
𝑓𝑡
𝑃 = 1.7 10 ℎ𝑝 = 17 ℎ𝑝 𝑣 = 1575
2 𝑚𝑖𝑛
Required: 900 3 𝑤𝑝𝑣 𝑣
Chain Width 𝐸𝑚𝑝𝑖𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑢𝑙𝑎: 𝑝 ≤ 𝑃= 1−
2
𝑁1 53 425(𝑇1 − 8)
900 3 𝑓𝑡 𝑓𝑡
𝑝≤ 𝑤(0.75𝑖𝑛)(1575 ) 1575
1200 17 ℎ𝑝 = 𝑚𝑖𝑛 1 − 𝑚𝑖𝑛
53 425(21 − 8)
𝑝 ≤ 0.825 𝑖𝑛 𝑤 = 1.07 𝑖𝑛
3 Since chain widths vary by ¼-in. increment
𝑈𝑠𝑒 𝑝 = 𝑜𝑟 0.75 𝑖𝑛
4 𝟏
𝑼𝒔𝒆 𝒘 = 𝟏 𝒐𝒓 𝟏. 𝟐𝟓 𝒊𝒏
𝟒
THANK YOU FOR LISTENING!
References
 Black, P.H. & O.E. Adams (1968). McGraw-Hill College.
 Khurmi, R.S. & J.K Gupta (2005). A Textbook of
Machine Design. Eurasia Publishing House (Pvt.) Ltd.
MACHINE DESIGN II
TOPIC 2.2 SAMPLE PROBLEMS
Problem 1: The turning moment diagram for a petrol engine is drawn to the following scales:
Turning moment, 1 mm = 5 N-m; Crank angle, 1 mm = 1º. The turning moment diagram repeats
itself at every half revolution of the engine and the areas above and below the mean turning
moment line, taken in order are 295, 685, 40, 340, 960, 270 mm2. Determine the mass of 300 mm
diameter flywheel rim when the coefficient of fluctuation of speed is 0.3% and the engine runs at
1800 r.p.m. Also determine the thickness of the rim when the width of the rim is twice of thickness.
Assume density of rim material as 7250 kg/m3
Given: Required:
𝜋
𝑆𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑒: 1𝑚𝑚 = 5𝑁𝑚, 1 𝑚𝑚 = 1º or 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑎. 𝑀𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑙𝑦𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑒𝑙
180
𝜋 𝜋 𝑏. 𝑅𝑖𝑚 𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑐𝑘𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠
1𝑚𝑚2 = 5𝑁𝑚 𝑟𝑎𝑑 = 𝑁𝑚
180 36
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠: 295, 685, 40, 340, 960, 270 𝑚𝑚2
𝐷 = 0.3 𝑚, 𝑅 = 0.15 𝑚
𝐶𝑠 = 0.003
𝑟𝑎𝑑
𝑁 = 1800 𝑟𝑝𝑚, 𝜔 = 188.5
𝑠
𝑘𝑔
𝜌 = 7250 3 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ = 2𝑥 𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑐𝑘𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠
𝑚
(Source: Khurmi & Gupta, 2005)
Given: 𝑎. 𝑀𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑙𝑦𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑒𝑙 𝐿𝑒𝑡: 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐴 = 𝐸𝐴
𝜋
1𝑚𝑚2 : 𝑁𝑚 ∆𝐾𝐸
36 𝑚 = 2 = 2𝜋𝑅𝐴𝜌 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐵 = 𝐸𝐴 + 295 𝑚𝑚2
𝑅 = 0.15 𝑚 𝑣 𝐶𝑠
𝐶𝑠 = 0.003
𝑣 = 𝑟𝜔 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐶 = 𝐸𝐴 + 295 − 685 = 𝐸𝐴 − 390 𝑚𝑚2
𝑟𝑎𝑑
𝜔 = 188.5 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐷 = 𝐸𝐴 − 390 + 40 = 𝐸𝐴 − 350 𝑚𝑚2
𝑠 𝑣 = 0.15𝑚 188.5
𝑘𝑔 𝑠
𝜌 = 7250 3
𝑚 𝑚 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐸 = 𝐸𝐴 − 350 − 340 = 𝐸𝐴 − 690 𝑚𝑚2
𝑏 = 2𝑡 𝑣 = 28.28
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠: 295, 685, 40, 𝑠 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐹 = 𝐸𝐴 − 690 + 960 = 𝐸𝐴 + 270 𝑚𝑚2
340, 960, 270 𝑚𝑚2 ∆𝐾𝐸 = 𝐸𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝐸𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝐺 = 𝐸𝐴 + 270 − 270 = 𝐸𝐴
Required: 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑠: 295, 685, 40, ∆𝐾𝐸 = 𝐸𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝐸𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝜋
a. m 340, 960, 270 𝑚𝑚2 36
𝑁𝑚
b. t ∆𝐾𝐸 = 𝐸𝐴 + 295 𝑚𝑚2 − 𝐸𝐴 − 690 𝑚𝑚2
1𝑚𝑚2
∆𝐾𝐸 = 85.96 J
∆𝐾𝐸 85.96 J
𝑚= 2 = 𝒎 = 𝟑𝟓. 𝟖𝟑 𝒌𝒈
𝑣 𝐶𝑠 𝑚 2
28.28 0.003
𝑠
𝑏. 𝑅𝑖𝑚 𝑡ℎ𝑖𝑐𝑘𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠
𝑘𝑔
𝑚 = 2𝜋𝑅(𝑏𝑡)𝜌 35.83 𝑘𝑔 = 2𝜋(0.15 𝑚)(2𝑡)(𝑡)(7250 3 )
𝑚
𝒕 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓𝟏𝟐 𝒎 𝒐𝒓 𝟓𝟏. 𝟐 𝒎𝒎
Problem 2: A single cylinder double acting steam engine develops 150 kW at a mean speed of 80
r.p.m. The coefficient of fluctuation of energy is 0.1 and the fluctuation of speed is ± 2% of mean
speed. If the mean diameter of the flywheel rim is 2 meters and the hub and spokes provide 5
percent of the rotational inertia of the wheel, find the mass of the flywheel. Assume the density of
the flywheel material (which is cast iron) as 7200 kg/m3.
Given: Required:
𝑆𝑡𝑒𝑎𝑚 𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑀𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑙𝑦𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑒𝑙
𝑃 = 150 𝑘𝑊
𝑟𝑎𝑑
𝑁 = 80 𝑟𝑝𝑚, 𝜔 = 8.38
𝑠
𝐶𝐸 = 0.1
𝐹𝑙𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑: ± 2% N or 0.02N
𝐷 = 2𝑚, 𝑅 = 1 𝑚
ℎ𝑢𝑏 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑠𝑝𝑜𝑘𝑒𝑠 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒
5 % 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑎
𝑘𝑔
𝜌 = 7200 3
𝑚
Given: ∆𝐾𝐸 𝑀𝑎𝑥. 𝑓𝑙𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦, ∆𝐾𝐸
𝑆𝑡𝑒𝑎𝑚 𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑚 = 2 = 2𝜋𝑅𝐴𝜌 𝐶𝐸 =
𝑃 = 150 𝑘𝑊
𝑣 𝐶𝑠 𝑊𝑜𝑟𝑘 𝑑𝑜𝑛𝑒 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑐𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑒
𝜔 = 8.38
𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑣 = 𝑟𝜔 𝑊𝑜𝑟𝑘 𝑑𝑜𝑛𝑒
𝑠 = 𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝜃
𝐶𝐸 = 0.1 𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑐𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑒
𝑣 = 1𝑚 8.38
± 2% N or 0.02N 𝑠 𝜃 = 2𝜋 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑠𝑡𝑒𝑎𝑚 𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑠
𝑅 =1𝑚
𝑚 𝑃 = 𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝜔
ℎ𝑢𝑏 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑠𝑝𝑜𝑘𝑒𝑠 𝑣 = 8.38
𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒 5 % 𝑠 𝑟𝑎𝑑
𝑘𝑔 150 𝑘𝑊 = 𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 8.38 𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 = 17.9 𝑘𝑁𝑚
𝜌 = 7200 3
𝑚 ∆𝐾𝐸 = 𝐸𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝐸𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑠
𝑊𝑜𝑟𝑘 𝑑𝑜𝑛𝑒
Required: 𝐹𝑙𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑒𝑑: ± 0.02N = 17.9 𝑘𝑁𝑚(2𝜋) = 112.47 𝑘𝐽
Mass 𝑐𝑦𝑐𝑙𝑒
𝑁𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 𝑁 + 0.02𝑁 = 1.02 𝑁 ∆𝐾𝐸
0.1 = ∆𝐾𝐸 = 11.247 𝑘𝐽
𝑁𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 𝑁 − 0.02𝑁 = 0.98 𝑁 112.47 𝑘𝐽
𝑆𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑡ℎ𝑒 ℎ𝑢𝑏 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑠𝑝𝑜𝑘𝑒𝑠 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑒 5 % 𝑜𝑓 𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑎
𝑁𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑁𝑚𝑖𝑛
𝐶𝑠 = 𝑈𝑠𝑒 ∆𝐾𝐸 = 11.247 𝑘𝐽 0.95 = 10.68 𝑘𝐽
𝑁
1.02 𝑁 − 0.98 𝑁 ∆𝐾𝐸 10,680 J
𝑚= 2 = 𝒎 = 𝟑𝟖𝟎𝟐. 𝟏 𝒌𝒈
𝐶𝑠 = 𝑣 𝐶𝑠 𝑚 2
𝑁 8.38 0.04
𝑠
𝐶𝑠 = 0.04
THANK YOU FOR LISTENING!
Reference
 Khurmi, R.S. & J.K Gupta (2005). A Textbook of
Machine Design. Eurasia Publishing House (Pvt.) Ltd.
MACDES WEAPON 2
Pt.1
QUESTION 1
Which of the following is the diameter of circle on which the hinge centers of the chain lie?
Answer: Pitch Diameter
QUESTION 2
At which point is the energy minimum in the turning moment diagram?
Answer: B
Solution:
QUESTION 3
At which point is the energy maximum in the turning moment diagram?
Answer: E
Solution: Q2’s Solution
QUESTION 4
The driving sprocket in a chain drive has a pitch diameter of 600 mm and runs at 120 rpm. If the
number of teeth in the driving sprocket is 40, which of the following is the pitch of the chain?
Answer: 47.08 mm
Solution:
QUESTION 5
An inverted tooth chain is to transmit 5-hp at 1500 rpm to a centrifugal pump at 750 rpm. Which
of the following should be the measurement of the pitch?
Answer: Less than or equal to 0.7114 in
Solution:
QUESTION 6
A flywheel rim which weighs 820 pounds has a mean diameter of 49 inches. The speed is to be
maintained between 90 and 130 rpm. Calculate capacity of the flywheel in ft-lbf. Assume density
of rim material as 7250 kg/m. (Hint: Be careful of units and divide the answer by g=32.2 ft/s to
obtain ft-lbf)
Answer: 5121.98
Solution:
Pt.2
QUESTION 1
Which of the following is the distance between corresponding hinge center of links?
Answer: Pitch
QUESTION 2
The coefficient of fluctuation of speed is the ____ of maximum of fluctuation of speed and the
mean speed.
Answer: Ratio
QUESTION 3
Same question (QUESTION 3 Pt.1)
QUESTION 4
An RC60 roller chain is used to reduce speed from 400 rpm to 200 rpm. If the number of chain
links used is 60, which of the following is the length of the chain used?
Answer: 45 in
Solution:
𝐿 = 𝐾𝑝
1
𝐾 = 60 𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑘𝑠 ; 𝑝 = (6 ∗ )
8
𝟏
𝑳 = (𝟔𝟎) (𝟔 ∗ 𝒊𝒏) = 𝟒𝟓 𝒊𝒏
𝟖
QUESTION 5
A chain drive is used for reduction of speed from 240 rpm to 120 rpm. The number of teeth on the
driving sprocket is 20. Which of the following is the number of teeth on the driven sprocket?
Answer: 40
Solution:
𝑁1 𝑇2
=
𝑁2 𝑇1
240 𝑟𝑝𝑚 𝑇2
=
120 𝑟𝑝𝑚 20 𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ
𝑻𝟐 = 𝟒𝟎 𝒕𝒊𝒕𝒔
QUESTION 6
A flywheel rim which weighs 900 pounds has a mean diameter of 43 inches. The speed is to be
maintained between 100 and 130 rpm. Calculate capacity of the flywheel in ft-lbf. Assume density
of rim material as 7250 kg/m. (Hint: Be careful of units and divide the answer by g=32.2
ft/s to obtain ft-lbf)
Answer: 3394.51
Solution:
𝑮𝒊𝒗𝒆𝒏:
𝑚 = 900 𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑑 = 43 𝑖𝑛𝑐ℎ𝑒𝑠
𝑁𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 130 𝑟𝑝𝑚
𝑁𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 100 𝑟𝑝𝑚
𝑘𝑔
𝑓 = 7250
𝑚
𝑓𝑡
𝑔 = 32.2
𝑠
𝑭𝒊𝒏𝒅: ∆𝐾𝐸 =?
∆𝐾𝐸
𝑭𝒐𝒓𝒎𝒖𝒍𝒂: 𝑚 = 2
𝑣 𝐶𝑆
𝑺𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏:
43 𝑖𝑛 130 𝑟𝑝𝑚 + 100 𝑟𝑝𝑚 2𝜋𝑟𝑎𝑑 1 𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝒊𝒏 𝟏 𝒇𝒕
𝑣 = 𝑟𝑤 = ( )( [ ∗ ]) = 𝟐𝟓𝟖. 𝟗𝟏𝟗𝟓𝟗𝟒𝟓 ∗
2 2 1 𝑟𝑒𝑣 60 𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝟏𝟐 𝒊𝒏
𝑓𝑡
𝑣 = 21.57663288
𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝑁𝑚𝑎𝑥 − 𝑁𝑚𝑖𝑛 130 𝑟𝑝𝑚 − 100 𝑟𝑝𝑚
𝐶𝑆 = = = 0.2608695652
𝑁𝑚𝑎𝑥 + 𝑁𝑚𝑖𝑛 130 𝑟𝑝𝑚 + 100 𝑟𝑝𝑚
2 2
∆𝐾𝐸 𝑓𝑡 2
∴ 900 𝑙𝑏 = = 109303.2985 𝑙𝑏𝑓 2
𝑓𝑡 2 𝑠
(21.57663288 ) (0.2608695652)
𝑠
𝑓𝑡 2
109303.2985 𝑙𝑏𝑓 2
∆𝐾𝐸 = 𝑠 = 𝟑𝟑𝟗𝟒. 𝟓𝟏𝟐𝟑𝟕𝟕 𝒍𝒃𝒇 ∗ 𝒇𝒕
𝑓𝑡
32.2 2
𝑠
QUESTION 7
Which of the following is the width of an inverted tooth chain used to transmit 10-hp at 1500 fpm?
The number of teeth on the smaller sprocket is 19 and the pitch of the chain is 0.75 in. Use a service
factor of 1.7.
Answer: 1.25 in
𝑃 = 1.7(10ℎ𝑝) = 17 ℎ𝑝
𝑝 = 0.75 𝑖𝑛
𝑡𝑒𝑒𝑡ℎ 𝑖𝑛 1 𝑓𝑡 𝑓𝑡
𝑣 = 𝑟𝜔 = 𝑇𝑝𝑁 = (19 ) (0.75 )( ) (1500 𝑟𝑝𝑚) = 1781.25
𝑟𝑒𝑣 𝑡𝑜𝑜𝑡ℎ 12 𝑖𝑛 𝑚𝑖𝑛
𝑓𝑡 𝑓𝑡
𝑤𝑝𝑣 𝑣 𝑤(0.75 𝑖𝑛) (1781.25 𝑚𝑖𝑛) 1781.25 𝑚𝑖𝑛
𝑃= [1 − ] => 17 ℎ𝑝 = [1 − ]
53 425(𝑇1 − 8) 53 425(19 − 8)
𝑤 = 1.089580337 𝑖𝑛
𝟏
𝒏𝒆𝒂𝒓𝒆𝒔𝒕 − 𝒊𝒏 ; 𝒘 = 𝟏. 𝟐𝟓 𝒊𝒏
𝟒
QUESTION 8
A steam engine develops power at mean torque of 18,000 N-m and velocity of 9 m/s. The mean
diameter of the flywheel rim is 1.3 meters. The coefficient of fluctuation of speed is 0.03 and the
coefficient of fluctuation of energy is 0.21. Determine the thickness of the rim in mm if the width
of the rim is twice of its thickness. Assume density of rim material as 7250 kg/m3.
Answer: 406.258 mm
Solution:
𝑇 = 18000 𝑁 − 𝑚
𝑚
𝑣=9
𝑠
𝑑 = 1.3 𝑚
𝐶𝑠 = 0.03
𝐶𝐸 = 0.21
𝑡 =?
𝑤 = 2𝑡
𝑘𝑔
𝑃 = 7250 3
𝑚
∆𝐾𝐸 ∆𝐾𝐸
𝐶𝐸 = → 0.21 =
𝑇𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑛 𝜃𝑟𝑎𝑑 18000 𝑁 − 𝑚(2𝜋)
∆𝐾𝐸 = 7560𝜋 𝐽
∆𝐾𝐸
∴ 2 = 2𝜋𝑅𝑏𝑡𝑃
𝑣 𝐶𝑠
7560𝜋 𝑁 − 𝑚 1.3 𝑚 𝑘𝑔
2 = 2𝜋 ( ) (2𝑡)(𝑡) (7250 3 )
𝑚 2 𝑚
(9 𝑠 ) (0.03)
𝑡 = 0.40625 𝑚 = 𝟒𝟎𝟔. 𝟐𝟓𝟖 𝒎𝒎
QUESTION 9
The driving sprocket in a chain drive has a pitch diameter of 600 mm and runs at 120 rpm. If the
number of teeth in the driving sprocket is 40, which of the following is the pitch of the chain?
Answer: 47.08 mm
Solution:
180° 𝑝
( )=
𝑇 𝐷
sin 180° 𝑝
( )=
sin 40 600
𝒑 = 𝟒𝟕. 𝟎𝟕𝟓𝟒𝟓𝟕𝟒𝟒 𝒎𝒎
Friction Elements
Module 3
1. Discuss the fundamental concepts of clutches and brakes
2. Solve problems under clutches and brakes
Subtopic 1
Clutches
• Mechanical device used to connect or disconnect the source of power
from the remaining parts of the power transmission system at the will of
the operator
• Mostly found in automobiles
1. Positive clutches
• Power transmission through interlocking of jaws or
teeth and used when a positive drive (no slip) is
required
• Include jaw or claw clutches
• Frequently applied to sprocket wheels, gears and
pulleys.
2. Friction clutches
• Power transmission by means of friction
between contacting surfaces
• Include disc or plate clutches, cone clutches
and centrifugal clutches
• Applied in power transmission which must be
started and stopped frequently
• High and uniform coefficient of friction.
• Not be affected by moisture and oil.
• Ability to withstand high temperatures caused by slippage.
• High heat conductivity.
• High resistance to wear and scoring
Total frictional torque Average pressure on friction
𝑇 = 𝑛𝜇𝐹𝑎 𝑅𝑚 surface
𝐹𝑎
𝑃=
1. For uniform pressure (new) 𝜋(𝑅2 − 𝑟 2 )
2 𝑅3 − 𝑟 3
𝑇 = 𝑛𝜇𝐹𝑎
3 𝑅2 − 𝑟 2
𝑛 = # of pairs of mating surfaces
2. For uniform wear (worn-out) 𝑛 = number of plates – 1
𝑅+𝑟 𝑛 = 2 for single disc
𝑇 = 𝑛𝜇𝐹𝑎 𝜇 = coefficient of friction
2
𝐹𝑎 𝐹𝑎 = applied force
= 𝑃𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑟 = 𝑃𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑅 𝑅 = outside radius
2𝜋 𝑅 − 𝑟
𝑟 = inside radius
𝑛 = # of pairs of mating surfaces
𝑛 = number of plates – 1
𝑛 = 2 for single disc
1. A single disc clutch with both sides of the disc effective is used to
transmit 10 kW power at 900 rpm. The axial pressure is limited to 0.085
N/mm2. If the external diameter of the friction lining is 1.25 times the
internal diameter, find the required dimensions of the friction lining and
the axial force exerted by the springs. Assume uniform wear conditions.
The coefficient of friction may be taken as 0.3. Then considering constant
pressure and the same dimensions and force, determine the total
frictional torque.
A single disc clutch with both sides of the disc effective is used to transmit 10 kW power at 900 rpm.
The axial pressure is limited to 0.085 N/mm2. If the external diameter of the friction lining is 1.25 times
the internal diameter, find the required dimensions of the friction lining and the axial force exerted by
the springs. Assume uniform wear conditions. The coefficient of friction may be taken as 0.3. Then
considering constant pressure and the same dimensions and force, determine the total frictional
torque.
Given: Uniform wear condition

Single disc, 𝑛 = 2
Power 𝑃 = 10 𝑘𝑊
𝑟𝑎𝑑
𝑁 = 900 𝑟𝑝𝑚, 𝜔 = 94.25
𝑠
𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑒 = 0.085 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝐷 = 1.25𝑑, 𝑅 = 1.25𝑟
𝜇 = 0.3
torque.
a. Dimensions 𝑅 and 𝑟
𝑅+𝑟 𝐹𝑎
𝑇 = 𝑛𝜇𝐹𝑎 = 𝑃𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑟 = 𝑃𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑅
2 2𝜋 𝑅−𝑟
𝐹𝑎
= 0.085 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑟
2𝜋 1.25𝑟−𝑟
2𝜋𝑇𝑁
𝑃= = 𝑇𝜔 𝐹𝑎 = 0.1335𝑟 2
60
𝑟𝑎𝑑
10,000 𝑊 = 𝑇 94.25
𝑠
𝑇 = 106.1 𝑁𝑚
torque.
a. Dimensions 𝑅 and 𝑟
𝑅+𝑟
𝑇 = 𝑛𝜇𝐹𝑎
2
1.25𝑟+𝑟
106,100 𝑁𝑚𝑚 = 2 0.3 0.1335𝑟 2
2
𝑟 = 105.6 𝑚𝑚
𝑅 = 1.25𝑟
𝑅 = 132 𝑚𝑚
torque.
b. Axial force
𝐹𝑎
= 𝑃𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑟 = 𝑃𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝑅
2𝜋 𝑅−𝑟
𝐹𝑎
= 0.085 𝑀𝑃𝑎 𝑟
2𝜋 1.25𝑟−𝑟
𝐹𝑎 = 0.1335𝑟 2
𝐹𝑎 = 0.1335 105.6 𝑚𝑚 2 = 1488.71 𝑁
torque.
c. Frictional torque considering uniform pressure

2 𝑅 3 −𝑟 3
𝑇= 𝑛𝜇𝐹𝑎
3 𝑅 2 −𝑟 2
2 132𝑚𝑚 3− 105.6𝑚𝑚 3
𝑇 = 2 0.3 1488.71 𝑁 2 − 105.6𝑚𝑚 2
3 132𝑚𝑚
𝑇 = 106552.93 𝑁𝑚 = 106.55 𝑘𝑁𝑚
Total transmitted torque
𝜇𝐹𝑎 𝑅𝑚
𝑇= = 𝜇𝐹𝑛 𝑅𝑚
sin 𝛼
Normal force
𝐹𝑎
𝐹𝑛 = = 2𝜋𝑅𝑚 𝑏𝑃𝑛
sin 𝛼
Axial force to engage 𝛼 = cone angle or semi-angle of

𝐹𝑒 = 𝐹𝑛 sin 𝛼 + 𝟎. 𝟐𝟓𝜇 cos 𝛼 cone
𝑏 = face width of clutch
Axial force to disengage 𝑃𝑛 = normal pressure on friction
𝐹𝑑 = 𝐹𝑛 𝜇 cos 𝛼 − sin 𝛼 surface
An engine developing 45 kW at 1000 r.p.m. is fitted with a cone clutch built
inside the flywheel. The cone has a face angle of 12.5° and a maximum
mean diameter of 500 mm. The coefficient of friction is 0.2. The normal
pressure on the clutch face is not to exceed 0.1 N/mm2. Determine: a. the
face width required, and b. the axial spring force necessary to engage the
clutch.
An engine developing 45 kW at 1000 r.p.m. is fitted with a cone clutch built inside the flywheel. The
cone has a face angle of 12.5° and a maximum mean diameter of 500 mm. The coefficient of friction
is 0.2. The normal pressure on the clutch face is not to exceed 0.1 N/mm2. Determine: a. the face
width required, and b. the axial spring force necessary to engage the clutch.
Given: Cone clutch

𝑃 = 45 𝑘𝑊
𝑟𝑎𝑑
𝑁 = 1000 𝑟𝑝𝑚, 𝜔 = 104.72
𝑠
𝛼 = 12.5 𝑜
𝐷𝑚 = 500 𝑚𝑚, R m = 250 𝑚𝑚

𝜇 = 0.2
𝑃𝑛 = 0.1 𝑀𝑃𝑎
a. Face width
𝐹𝑛 = 2𝜋𝑅𝑚 𝑏𝑃𝑛
𝑇 = 𝜇𝐹𝑛 𝑅𝑚
𝑃 = 𝑇𝜔
𝑟𝑎𝑑
45,000 𝑊 = 𝑇 104.72
𝑠
𝑇 = 429.72 𝑁𝑚
429.72 𝑁𝑚 = 0.2𝐹𝑛 (0.25m)

𝐹𝑛 = 8594.4 𝑁
a. Face width
𝐹𝑛 = 2𝜋𝑅𝑚 𝑏𝑃𝑛
8594.4 N = 2𝜋(250 𝑚𝑚)(𝑏)(0.1 𝑀𝑃𝑎)
𝑏 = 54.71 𝑚𝑚
b. Axial force to engage clutch

𝐹𝑒 = 𝐹𝑛 sin 𝛼 + 𝟎. 𝟐𝟓𝜇 cos 𝛼
𝐹𝑒 = 8594.4 𝑁 sin 12.5° + 𝟎. 𝟐𝟓(0.2) cos 12.5°
𝐹𝑒 = 2279.7 𝑁
Subtopic 2
Brakes
• Device in which artificial frictional resistance is applied to a moving
machine member, in order to retard or stop the motion
• Absorbs either kinetic energy of the moving member or potential energy
given up by objects being lowered by hoists, elevators etc.
Kinetic Energy:
1
1. Pure translation: 𝐾𝐸 = 𝐸1 = 𝑚𝑣 2
2
1
2. Pure rotation: 𝐾𝐸 = 𝐸2 = 𝐼𝜔2
2
Potential Energy: 𝑃𝐸 = 𝐸3 = 𝑚𝑔ℎ

• High coefficient of friction with minimum fading
• Low wear rate
• High heat resistance
• High heat dissipation capacity
• Low coefficient of thermal expansion
• Adequate mechanical strength
• Not be affected by moisture and oil
• Consists of block pressed against rotating
drum by means of lever
Tangential braking force

𝐹𝑡 = 𝜇𝑅𝑁
Braking torque
𝑇𝐵 = 𝐹𝑡 𝑟
𝑅𝑁 = normal force pressing the block on wheel

𝑟 = radius of drum
𝑃 = force applied at the end of lever
Case 1: Line of action of 𝐹𝑡 passes through fulcrum 𝑂
∑𝑀𝑂 = 0
𝑅𝑁 × 𝑥 = 𝑃 × 𝑙
Case 2: Line of action of 𝐹𝑡 passes through a distance below fulcrum 𝑂
∑𝑀𝑂 = 0
Clockwise rotation: 𝑅𝑁 × 𝑥 + 𝐹𝑡 × 𝑎 = 𝑃 × 𝑙
Anticlockwise rotation: 𝑅𝑁 × 𝑥 = 𝑃 × 𝑙 + 𝐹𝑡 × 𝑎
Case 3: Line of action of 𝐹𝑡 passes through a distance above fulcrum 𝑂
∑𝑀𝑂 = 0
Clockwise rotation: 𝑅𝑁 × 𝑥 = 𝑃 × 𝑙 + 𝐹𝑡 × 𝑎
Anticlockwise rotation: 𝑅𝑁 × 𝑥 + 𝐹𝑡 × 𝑎 = 𝑃 × 𝑙
A single block brake, as shown in the figure, has a drum diameter of 720
mm. If the brake sustains 225 N-m torque at 500 rpm; find: (a) the required
force (P) to apply the brake for clockwise rotation of the drum; (b) the
required force (P) to apply the brake for counter clockwise rotation of the
drum and (c) the location of the fulcrum to make the brake self-locking. The
coefficient of friction is 0.3.
A single block brake, as shown in the figure, has a drum diameter of 720 mm. If the brake sustains 225
N-m torque at 500 rpm; find: (a) the required force (P) to apply the brake for clockwise rotation of the
drum; (b) the required force (P) to apply the brake for counter clockwise rotation of the drum and (c)
the location of the fulcrum to make the brake self-locking. The coefficient of friction is 0.3.
Given: Single block brake

𝑑 = 720 𝑚𝑚, 𝑟 = 360 𝑚𝑚
𝑇 = 225 𝑁𝑚
𝑟𝑎𝑑
𝑁 = 500 𝑟𝑝𝑚, 𝜔 = 52.36
𝑠
𝜇 = 0.3
a. Force 𝑃 (CW drum rotation)

𝑇𝐵 = 𝐹𝑡 𝑟
225,000 𝑁𝑚𝑚 = 𝐹𝑡 (360 𝑚𝑚)
𝐹𝑡 = 625 𝑁
625 𝑁 = 0.3𝑅𝑁
𝑅𝑁 = 2083.33 𝑁
a. Force 𝑃 (CW drum rotation)

∑ 𝑀𝑂 = 0
𝑀↺ = 𝑀↻
𝑅𝑁 360 𝑚𝑚 + 𝐹𝑡 40 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑃(900 𝑚𝑚)
2083.33 𝑁 360 𝑚𝑚 + 625 𝑁 40 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑃(900 𝑚𝑚)
𝑃 = 861.11 𝑁
b. Force 𝑃 (CCW drum rotation)

∑ 𝑀𝑂 = 0
𝑀↺ = 𝑀↻
𝑅𝑁 360 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑃(900 𝑚𝑚) + 𝐹𝑡 40 𝑚𝑚
2083.33 𝑁 360 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑃(900 𝑚𝑚) + 625 𝑁 40 𝑚𝑚
𝑃 = 805.55 𝑁
c. Location 𝑥 (self locking)

𝑃 = 0 for self locking
𝑀↺ = 𝑀↻ 𝒙
𝑅𝑁 360 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑃(900 𝑚𝑚) + 𝐹𝑡 𝑥
2083.33 𝑁 360𝑚𝑚 = 625 𝑁 𝑥
𝑥 = 1200 𝑚𝑚 = 1.2 𝑚
• Consists of flexible band of leather, one or more ropes, or a steel lined
with friction material, which embraces a part of drum circumference
𝐹1
𝑇𝐵 = 𝐹1 − 𝐹2 𝑟 = 𝑒 𝜇𝜃
𝐹2
𝐹1 = tight side tension of the band

𝐹2 = slack side tension of the band
𝜃 = angle of lap of the band
A band brake acts on the 3/4 th of circumference of a drum of 450 mm
diameter which is keyed to the shaft. The band brake provides a braking
torque of 225 N-m. One end of the band is attached to a fulcrum pin of the
lever and the other end to a pin 100 mm from the fulcrum. If the operating
force applied at 500 mm from the fulcrum and the coefficient of friction is
0.25, find the operating force when the drum rotates in the anticlockwise
direction.
A band brake acts on the 3/4 th of circumference of a drum of 450 mm diameter which is keyed to the
shaft. The band brake provides a braking torque of 225 N-m. One end of the band is attached to a
fulcrum pin of the lever and the other end to a pin 100 mm from the fulcrum. If the operating force
applied at 500 mm from the fulcrum and the coefficient of friction is 0.25, find the operating force when
the drum rotates in the anticlockwise direction.
Given: 3/4th circumference: 𝜃 = 270° = 4.71 𝑟𝑎𝑑

𝑑 = 450 𝑚𝑚, 𝑟 = 225 𝑚𝑚
𝑇 = 225 𝑁𝑚
𝜇 = 0.25
Operating force 𝑃
𝐹1
= 𝑒 𝜇𝜃
𝐹2
𝐹1
= 𝑒 0.25(4.71 𝑟𝑎𝑑)
𝐹2
𝐹1 = 3.246𝐹2
𝑇𝐵 = 𝐹1 − 𝐹2 𝑟
225 𝑁𝑚 = 3.246𝐹2 − 𝐹2 (0.225𝑚)
𝐹2 = 445.24 𝑁 𝐹1 = 1445.25 𝑁
∑𝑀𝑂 = 0
𝑀↺ = 𝑀↻
𝑃 500𝑚𝑚 = 𝐹2 (100 𝑚𝑚)
𝑃 500𝑚𝑚 = 445.24 𝑁(100 𝑚𝑚)
𝑃 = 89.05 𝑁
MACDES WEAPON 3
QUESTION 1
Which of the following is the total frictional torque developed by a single disc clutch?
Fa = axial force with which friction surfaces are held together
µ = coefficient of friction
Rm = mean radius of friction surfaces
Answer: T = 2 x µ x Fa x Rm
QUESTION 2
A clutch having a single driving plate has a mating surface of 300 mm outside diameter and 225
mm inside diameter. Which of the following is the mean radius of the friction surface assuming
that the clutch is newly installed (use uniform pressure theory)?
Answer: 132.14 mm
Solution:
QUESTION 3
pressing on the brake block on the wheel. The drum diameter is 240 mm. Which of the following
is the force P required to operate the brake?
Answer: 725 N
Solution:
QUESTION 4
A band brake embraces a drum such that one end of the band is attached to the fulcrum pin and
the other end is attached to a pin B as shown. Which of the following is the tension in the slack
side of the band?
Answer: 1750 N
Solution:
QUESTION 5
A cone clutch with a cone angle of 13° transmits 54 kW at 1200 rpm. The coefficient of friction
of linings is 0.19. Determine the axial spring force necessary to engage the clutch in N if the mean
diameter of the active conical sections is 250 mm.
Answer: 4,907.54
Solution:
QUESTION 6
Which of the following is a mechanical device, which is used to connect or disconnect the source
of power from the remaining parts of the power transmission system at the will of the operator?
Answer: Clutch
QUESTION 7
The external and internal diameter of a single plate clutch are 125 mm and 100 mm, respectively.
It is used to transmit power at limited (maximum) axial pressure of 0.2 MPa. Which of the
following is the axial force exerted by the springs? Assume uniform wear conditions.
Answer: 790 N
Solution:
𝐹𝑎
= 𝑃𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑟
2𝜋(𝑅 − 𝑟)
𝐹𝑎 100
= (0.2 𝑀𝑃𝑎) ( )
125 100 2
2𝜋 ( 2 − 2 )
𝑭𝒂 = 𝟕𝟖𝟓. 𝟑𝟗𝟖𝟐 𝑵
QUESTION 8
pressing on the brake block on the wheel. The drum diameter is 240 mm. Which of the following
is the force P required to operate the brake?
Answer: 625 N
Solution:
𝐺𝑖𝑣𝑒𝑛: 𝐹𝑡 = 500 𝑁 ; 𝑅𝑁 = 1200 𝑁 ; 𝐷 = 240 𝑚𝑚 => 𝑅 = 120 𝑚𝑚
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛:
Σ𝑀𝑜 = 0
𝑅𝑁 (200) = 𝑃(400) − 𝐹𝑡 (20)
(1200 𝑁)(200) = 𝑃(400) − (500)(20)
𝑷 = 𝟔𝟐𝟓 𝑵
QUESTION 9
A cone clutch with a cone angle of 12° transmits 43 kW at 1300 rpm. The coefficient of friction
of linings is 0.10 and the normal pressure on the clutch face is not to exceed 0.10 MPa. Determine
the face width required in mm if the mean diameter of the active conical sections is 300 mm.
Answer: 223.43
Solution:
𝐹𝑁 = 2𝜋𝑅𝑚 𝑏𝑃𝑛 ; 𝑇 = 𝜇𝐹𝑛 𝑅𝑚 ; 𝑃 = 𝑇𝜔
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛:
2𝜋
43000 𝑊 = 𝑇 (1300 𝑥 )
60
𝑇 = 315.8613486 𝑁𝑚
315.8613486 𝑁𝑚 = 0.1𝐹𝑛 (0.15 𝑚)

𝐹𝑛 = 21057.42324 𝑁
𝐹𝑁 = 2𝜋𝑅𝑚 𝑏𝑃𝑛
21057.42324 𝑁 = 2𝜋(150𝑚𝑚)(𝑏)(0.1 𝑀𝑃𝑎)
𝒃 = 𝟐𝟐𝟑. 𝟒𝟐𝟔𝟏𝟗𝟗𝟖 𝒎𝒎
QUESTION 10
In case of a multiple disc clutch, if n1 are the number of discs on the driving shaft and n2 are the
number of discs on the driven-shaft, which of the following is the number of pairs of contact
surfaces?
Answer: n1 + n2 -1
QUESTION 11
The torque transmitted by a single block brake is 70 N-m. The coefficient of friction between the
drum and the lining is 0.35. The drum diameter is 240 mm. Which of the following is the normal
force RN pressing the block on the brake block on the wheel?
Answer: 1600 N
Solution:
𝑇𝐵 = 𝐹𝑇 ∗ 𝑟
0.240 𝑚
70 𝑁 − 𝑚 = 𝐹𝑇 ∗
2
𝐹𝑇 = 583.3333333 𝑁
𝐹𝑇 = 𝜇 ∗ 𝑅𝑁
583.3333333 = (0.35)(𝑅𝑁 )
𝑅𝑁 = 1666.67 𝑁
QUESTION 12
In which of the following type of clutch is power transmission through means of friction between
contact surfaces?
Answer: Friction Clutch
QUESTION 13
A band brake embraces a 500 mm diameter drum with an angle of lap of 270° and produces a
braking torque of 200 Nm. The coefficient of friction is 0.2. One end of the band is attached to the
fulcrum pin and the other end is attached to a pin B. Which of the following is the tension in the
slack side of the band?
Answer: 510 N
Solution:
𝑇𝐵 = (𝑒 𝜇(𝜃𝑟𝑎𝑑) ∗ 𝐹2 − 𝐹2 ) ∗ 𝑟
𝜋
(0.2)(270∗ )
200 𝑁𝑚 = (𝑒 180 𝐹2 − 𝐹2 ) ∗ 0.250𝑚
𝑭𝟐 = 𝟓𝟏𝟎. 𝟕𝟒𝟕 𝑵
Springs and Bearings
Module 4
1. Discuss the fundamental concepts of springs and bearings
2. Solve problems under springs and bearings
Subtopic 1
Mechanical Springs
Helical springs
• Made up of wire coiled in the form of a helix and primarily intended for
compressive or tensile loads
Leaf springs
• Consists of a number of flat plates (known as leaves) of varying lengths
held together by means of clamps and bolts
• Absorbs shocks and vibration in vehicles
𝑑𝑤 = wire diameter
𝐷𝑖 = inside coil diameter
𝐷𝑚 = mean coil diameter = 𝐷𝑜 − 𝑑𝑤
𝐷𝑜 = outside coil diameter
𝐹 = axial loading
Free length = 𝛿𝑚𝑎𝑥 + Solid length
8𝐾𝐹𝐶
𝜏= 2
𝜋𝑑𝑤
4𝐶−1 0.615
𝐾 = + = Wahl factor
4𝐶−4 𝐶
𝐷𝑚
𝐶 = = spring index
𝑑𝑤
𝑇𝑟 𝐹
Derived from 𝜏 = +𝐴
𝐽
8𝐹𝐶 3 𝑛𝑎
𝛿=
𝐺𝑑𝑤
𝐷𝑚
𝐶= = spring index
𝑑𝑤
𝑛𝑎 = number of active coils
𝐺 = modulus of rigidity
Derived from total strain energy and using Castigliano’s theorem

Type of ends Active coils Solid length Free length
Ground 𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 𝑛𝑎 𝑑𝑤 𝑛𝑎 𝑝
Plain 𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 (𝑛𝑎 + 1) 𝑑𝑤 𝑛 𝑎 𝑝 + 𝑑𝑤
Squared &
𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 − 2 (𝑛𝑎 + 2) 𝑑𝑤 𝑛𝑎 𝑝 + 2𝑑𝑤
Ground
Squared 𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 − 2 (𝑛𝑎 + 3) 𝑑𝑤 𝑛𝑎 𝑝 + 3𝑑𝑤
𝑛 𝑇 = total number of coils

𝑝 = pitch
Design a helical compression spring for a maximum load of 1000 N for a
deflection of 25 mm using the value of spring index as 5. The maximum
permissible shear stress for spring wire is 420 MPa and modulus of rigidity is
84 GPa. For the design, determine the wire diameter, outside diameter, and
total number of turns. Consider squared and ground ends.
Type of ends Active coils Solid length Free length
Ground 𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 𝑛𝑎 𝑑𝑤 𝑛𝑎 𝑝
Plain 𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 (𝑛𝑎 + 1) 𝑑𝑤 𝑛𝑎 𝑝 + 𝑑𝑤
Squared &
𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 − 2 (𝑛𝑎 + 2) 𝑑𝑤 𝑛𝑎 𝑝 + 2𝑑𝑤
Ground
Squared 𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 − 2 (𝑛𝑎 + 3) 𝑑𝑤 𝑛𝑎 𝑝 + 3𝑑𝑤
Design a helical compression spring for a maximum load of 1000 N for a deflection of 25 mm using the
value of spring index as 5. The maximum permissible shear stress for spring wire is 420 MPa and
modulus of rigidity is 84 GPa. For the design, determine the wire diameter, outside diameter, and total
number of turns. Consider squared and ground ends.
a. Wire diameter
4𝐶−1 0.615
𝐾= +
4𝐶−4 𝐶
4(5)−1 0.615
𝐾= + = 1.31
4 5 −4 (5)
8𝐾𝐹𝐶
𝜏= 2
𝜋𝑑𝑤
8(1.31)(1000 𝑁)(5)
420 𝑀𝑃𝑎 = 2
𝜋𝑑𝑤
𝑑𝑤 = 6.3 𝑚𝑚
b. Outside diameter
𝐷𝑚 𝐷𝑜 −𝑑𝑤
𝐶= =
𝑑𝑤 𝑑𝑤
𝐷𝑜 −6.3 𝑚𝑚
5=
6.3 𝑚𝑚
𝐷𝑜 = 37.8 𝑚𝑚
c. Total number of turns Type of ends Active coils Solid length Free length
8𝐹𝐶 3 𝑛𝑎 Ground 𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 𝑛𝑎 𝑑𝑤 𝑛𝑎 𝑝
𝛿=
𝐺𝑑𝑤 Plain 𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 (𝑛𝑎 + 1) 𝑑𝑤 𝑛𝑎 𝑝 + 𝑑𝑤
8 1000 𝑁 5 3 𝑛𝑎
25 𝑚𝑚 = Squared &
𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 − 2 (𝑛𝑎 + 2) 𝑑𝑤 𝑛𝑎 𝑝 + 2𝑑𝑤
84000 𝑀𝑃𝑎 (6.3𝑚𝑚) Ground
𝑛𝑎 = 13.44 ≈ 14 𝑐𝑜𝑖𝑙𝑠 Squared 𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 − 2 (𝑛𝑎 + 3) 𝑑𝑤 𝑛𝑎 𝑝 + 3𝑑𝑤
𝑛𝑎 = 𝑛 𝑇 − 2
14 = 𝑛 𝑇 − 2
𝑛𝑡 = 16 𝑐𝑜𝑖𝑙𝑠
Springs in series Springs in parallel
𝐹𝑇 = 𝐹1 = 𝐹2 = ⋯ = 𝐹𝑛 𝐹𝑇 = 𝐹1 + 𝐹2 + ⋯ + 𝐹𝑛
𝛿𝑇 = 𝛿1 + 𝛿2 + ⋯ + 𝛿𝑛 𝛿𝑇 = 𝛿1 = 𝛿2 = ⋯ = 𝛿𝑛
1 1 1 1 𝑘 𝑇 = 𝑘1 + 𝑘2 + ⋯ + 𝑘𝑛
= + + ⋯+
𝑘 𝑇 𝑘1 𝑘2 𝑘3
A helical spring B is placed inside the coils of a second helical spring A,
having the same number of coils and free length. The springs are made of
the same material. The composite spring is compressed by an axial load of
2300 N which is shared between them. The mean diameters of the spring A
and B are 100 mm and 70 mm respectively and wire diameters are 13 mm
and 8 mm respectively. Find the load taken and the maximum stress in each
spring. Assume squared and ground ends.
A helical spring B is placed inside the coils of a second helical spring A, having the same number of
coils and free length. The springs are made of the same material. The composite spring is compressed
by an axial load of 2300 N which is shared between them. The mean diameters of the spring A and B
are 100 mm and 70 mm respectively and wire diameters are 13 mm and 8 mm respectively. Find the
load taken and the maximum stress in each spring. Assume squared and ground ends.
a. Load of each spring

𝐷
𝐶= 𝑚
𝑑𝑤
100 𝑚𝑚 70 𝑚𝑚
𝐶𝐴 = = 7.69 𝐶𝐵 = = 8.75
13 𝑚𝑚 8 𝑚𝑚
4𝐶−1 0.615
𝐾= +
4𝐶−4 𝐶
4(7.69)−1 0.615 4(8.75)−1 0.615
𝐾𝐴 = + = 1.192 𝐾𝐵 = + = 1.167
4(7.69)−4 7.69 4(8.75)−4 8.75

For springs in parallel:
𝐹𝑇 = 𝐹𝐴 + 𝐹𝐵
2300 𝑁 = 𝐹𝐴 + 𝐹𝐵
𝐹𝐴 = 2300 − 𝐹𝐵
𝛿 = 𝛿𝐴 = 𝛿𝐵
8𝐹𝐴 𝐶𝐴 3 𝑛𝑎 8𝐹𝐵 𝐶𝐵 3 𝑛𝒂
=
𝐺𝑑𝑤𝐴 𝐺𝑑𝑤𝐵

𝐹𝐴 𝐶𝐴 3 𝐹𝐵 𝐶𝐵 3
=
𝑑𝑤𝐴 𝑑𝑤𝐵
2300−𝐹𝐵 (7.69)3 𝐹𝐵 (8.75)3
=
𝐹𝐵 = 677.69 𝑁
𝐹𝐴 = 2300 − 𝐹𝐵
𝐹𝐴 = 2300 − 677.69 𝑁 = 1622.31 𝑁
b. Maximum stress
8𝐾𝐹𝐶
𝜏= 2
𝜋𝑑𝑤
8(1.192)(1622.31 𝑁)(7.69)
𝜏𝐴 = = 224.07 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝜋(13 𝑚𝑚)2
8(1.167)(677.69 𝑁)(8.75)
𝜏𝐵 = = 275.34 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝜋(8 𝑚𝑚)2
Subtopic 2
Bearings
• Machine element which supports another moving machine element
• Permits constrained relative motion of rigid parts
• Has lubricant to reduce frictional resistance and wear and in some cases
to carry away the heat generated
Sliding Contact Bearings Rolling Contact Bearings
• Slides along contact surfaces of • Interpose steel balls or rollers
moving and fixed element between moving and fixed
• Includes journal or sleeve elements.
bearings
• High compressive strength
• Sufficient fatigue strength to withstand repeated loads
• Good conformability (ability to accommodate deflections without
excessive wear and heating)
• Good embeddability (ability to accommodate small particles without
scoring the journal material
• Corrosion resistant
• High thermal conductivity
• Low coefficient of thermal expansion
• Diametral clearance: difference between
diameters of bearing and journal
𝑐 =𝐷−𝑑
• Diametral clearance ratio: ratio of diametral

clearance to journal diameter
𝑐 𝐷−𝑑
=
𝑑 𝑑
• Minimum oil film thickness: minimum

distance between bearing and journal under
complete lubrication condition
33 𝑍𝑁 𝑑
𝜇= 8 +𝑘
10 𝑝 𝑐
𝑘𝑔
𝑍 = absolute viscosity of lubricant
𝑚𝑠
𝑁 = speed of journal (𝑟𝑝𝑚)
𝑊
𝑝 = bearing pressure on projected area (𝑀𝑃𝑎) =
𝑙×𝑑
𝑊 = load on journal
𝑑 = diameter of journal
𝑙 = length of bearing
𝑐 = diametral clearance
𝑙
𝑘 = factor to correct for end leakage (0.002 for of 0.75 – 2.8)
𝑑
𝑄𝐺 = 𝜇𝑊𝑣
𝜇 = coefficient of friction
𝑊 = load on bearing = 𝑝(𝑙 × 𝑑)
𝑣 = rubbing velocity
𝑁 = rpm of journal
𝑄𝑑 = 𝐶𝐴(𝑡𝑏 − 𝑡𝑎 )
1
𝑡𝑏 − 𝑡𝑎 = (𝑡𝑜 − 𝑡𝑎 )
2
𝐶 = heat dissipation coefficient

𝐴 = projected area of bearing = 𝑙 × 𝑑
𝑡𝑏 = temperature of bearing surface
𝑡𝑎 = temperature of surrounding air
𝑡𝑜 = temperature of oil film
1. A journal bearing is proposed for a steam engine. The load on the journal
is 3 kN, diameter 50 mm, length 75 mm, speed 1600 rpm, diametral
clearance ratio 0.001, ambient temperature 15.5 ℃. Oil SAE 10 is used
and the film temperature is 60 ℃. Determine the heat generated and heat
dissipated. Take absolute viscosity of SAE10 at 60 ℃ = 0.014 kg/m-s.
Use C = 300 W/m2-℃.
1. A journal bearing is proposed for a steam engine. The load on the journal is 3 kN, diameter 50 mm,
length 75 mm, speed 1600 rpm, diametral clearance ratio 0.001, ambient temperature 15.5 ℃. Oil
SAE 10 is used and the film temperature is 60 ℃. Determine the heat generated and heat
dissipated. Take absolute viscosity of SAE10 at 60 ℃ = 0.014 kg/m-s. Use C = 300 W/m2-℃.
Given: Journal bearing

𝑊 = 3000 𝑁
𝑑 = 50 𝑚𝑚
𝑙 = 75 𝑚𝑚
𝑟𝑎𝑑
𝑁 = 1600 𝑟𝑝𝑚, 𝜔 = 167.55
𝑠
𝑐
= 0.001
𝑑
𝑡𝑎 = 15.5°𝐶
𝑡𝑜 = 60°𝐶
𝑘𝑔
𝑍 = 0.015
𝑚𝑠
𝑊
𝐶= 300 2
𝑚 °𝐶
a. Heat generated
𝑄𝑔 = 𝜇𝑊𝑣
𝑣 = 𝑟𝜔
𝑟𝑎𝑑 𝑚
𝑣 = 0.025 𝑚 167.55 = 4.19
𝑠 𝑠
𝑊
𝑝=
𝑙𝑑
3000 𝑁
𝑝= = 0.8 𝑀𝑃𝑎
50 𝑚𝑚 (75 𝑚𝑚)
a. Heat generated
33 𝑍𝑁 𝑑
𝜇= 8 + 0.002
10 𝑝 𝑐
𝑘𝑔
33 0.014𝑚 𝑠(1600 𝑟𝑝𝑚) 1
𝜇= + 0.002 = 0.01124
108 0.8 𝑀𝑃𝑎 0.001
𝑚
𝑄𝑔 = 0.01124 3000 𝑁 4.19 = 141.29 𝑊
𝑠
b. Heat dissipated
𝑄𝑑 = 𝐶𝐴 𝑡𝑏 − 𝑡𝑎
1
𝑄𝑑 = 𝐶𝐴(𝑡𝑜 − 𝑡𝑎 )
2
1 𝑊
𝑄𝑑 = 300 0.05 𝑚 𝑥 0.075 𝑚 60𝑜 𝐶 − 15.5𝑜 𝐶 = 25.03 𝑊
2 𝑚2 𝐶
2. A 80 mm long journal bearing supports a load of 2800 N on a 50 mm
diameter shaft. The bearing has a radial clearance of 0.05 mm and the
viscosity of the oil is 0.021 kg / m-s at the operating temperature. If the
bearing is capable of dissipating 80 J/s, determine the maximum safe
speed
2. A 80 mm long journal bearing supports a load of 2800 N on a 50 mm diameter shaft. The bearing
has a radial clearance of 0.05 mm and the viscosity of the oil is 0.021 kg / m-s at the operating
temperature. If the bearing is capable of dissipating 80 J/s, determine the maximum safe speed
Given: Journal bearing

𝑙 = 80 𝑚𝑚
𝑊 = 2800 𝑁
𝑑 = 50 𝑚𝑚
𝑐
= 0.05 𝑚𝑚, 𝑐 = 0.1 𝑚𝑚
2
𝑘𝑔
𝑍 = 0.021
𝑚𝑠
𝐽
𝑄𝑑 = 80
𝑠
Maximum safe speed

Assume 𝑄𝑑 = 𝑄𝑔
𝜋𝑑𝑁
𝑄𝑔 = 𝜇𝑊
60
33 𝑍𝑁 𝑑
𝜇= + 0.002
108 𝑝 𝑐
𝑊
𝑝=
𝑙𝑑
2800 𝑁
𝑝= = 0.7 𝑀𝑃𝑎
80 𝑚𝑚 (50 𝑚𝑚)
33 𝑍𝑁 𝑑
𝜇= + 0.002
108 𝑝 𝑐
𝑘𝑔
33 0.021𝑚 𝑠×𝑁 50 495𝑵
𝜇= + 0.002 = + 0.002
108 0.7 𝑀𝑃𝑎 0.1 108
𝜋𝑑𝑵
𝑄𝑔 = 𝜇𝑊
60
495𝑵 𝜋×0.05𝑵
80 𝑊 = + 0.002 2800 𝑁
108 60
𝑁 = 1295 𝑟𝑝𝑚
• Number of revolutions which the bearing runs before first evidence of
fatigue develops in the ring or rolling elements
Rating life
• Number of revolutions that 90%of group of bearings will complete before
evidence of fatigue develops (i.e. only 10 percent of a group of bearing fail
due to fatigue)
• Load which a group of identical bearings can endure for a rating life of one
million revolutions with 10% failure
1
𝐿90 𝑘
𝐶=𝑊 𝐿 = life
106 𝐶 = basic dynamic load rating
𝑊 = equivalent dynamic load
𝐿 = 60𝑁𝐿𝐻 𝑘 = 3 for ball bearings
10
1
= for roller bearings
3
𝑛1 𝑊1𝑘 + 𝑛2 𝑊2𝑘 + ⋯ 𝑘 𝐿𝐻 = life in hours
𝑊=
𝑛
• Ratio of number of bearings which have successfully completed L million
revolutions to the total number of bearings under test
• For reliability 𝑅:
1
𝐿𝑅 1 1.17
= 6.844 ln
𝐿90 𝑅
1. A shaft rotating at constant speed is subjected to variable load. The
bearings supporting the shaft are subjected to stationary equivalent radial
load of 3 kN for 10 per cent of time, 2 kN for 20 per cent of time, 1 kN for
30 per cent of time and no load for remaining time of cycle. If the total life
expected for the bearing is 20 × 106 revolutions at 95 % reliability,
calculate dynamic load rating of the ball bearing
1. A shaft rotating at constant speed is subjected to variable load. The bearings supporting the shaft
are subjected to stationary equivalent radial load of 3 kN for 10 per cent of time, 2 kN for 20 per
cent of time, 1 kN for 30 per cent of time and no load for remaining time of cycle. If the total life
expected for the bearing is 20 × 106 revolutions at 95 % reliability, calculate dynamic load rating of
the ball bearing
Given: Ball bearing (𝑘 = 3)

3 𝑘𝑁 for 10% time
No load for remaining time (40%)
𝐿95 = 20 × 106 𝑟𝑒𝑣
the ball bearing
Dynamic load rating

1
𝐿90 𝑘
𝐶=𝑊
106
1
𝐿𝑅 1 1.17
= 6.844 ln
𝐿90 𝑅
1
20×106 𝑟𝑒𝑣 1 1.17
= 6.844 ln
𝐿90 0.95
𝐿90 = 37 × 106 𝑟𝑒𝑣
the ball bearing
1
𝑘 𝑘 𝑘
𝑛1 𝑊1 +𝑛2 𝑊2 +𝑛3 𝑊3 +... 𝑘
𝑊=
𝑛
1
0.1 3 𝑘𝑁 3 +0.2 2 𝑘𝑁 3 +0.3
1 𝑘𝑁 3 +0.4 0 𝑘𝑁 3 3
𝑊= = 1.663 𝑘𝑁
0.1+0.2+0.3+0.4
1
𝐿90 𝑘
𝐶=𝑊
106
1
37𝑥106 𝑟𝑒𝑣 3
𝐶 = 1.663 𝑘𝑁 = 5.54 𝑘𝑁
106
2. The ball bearings are to be selected for an application in which the radial
load is 2000 N during 90 per cent of the time and 8000 N during the
remaining 10 per cent. The shaft is to rotate at 150 rpm. Determine the
minimum value of the basic dynamic load rating for 5000 hours of
operation with not more than 10 per cent failures.
2. The ball bearings are to be selected for an application in which the radial load is 2000 N during 90
per cent of the time and 8000 N during the remaining 10 per cent. The shaft is to rotate at 150
rpm. Determine the minimum value of the basic dynamic load rating for 5000 hours of operation
with not more than 10 per cent failures.
Given: Ball bearing (𝑘 = 3)

2000 𝑁 for 90% of time
8000 𝑁 for 10% of time
𝑟𝑎𝑑
𝑁 = 150 𝑟𝑝𝑚, 𝜔 = 15.71
𝑠
𝐿𝐻 = 5000 ℎ𝑟𝑠

1
𝐿90 𝑘
𝐶=𝑊
106
𝐿90 = 60𝑁𝐿𝐻
𝐿90 = 60 150 𝑟𝑝𝑚 5000 = 4.5 × 107 𝑟𝑒𝑣
1
𝑘 𝑘 𝑘
𝑛1 𝑊1 +𝑛2 𝑊2 +𝑛3 𝑊3 +... 𝑘
𝑊=
𝑛
1
0.9 2000 𝑁 3 +0.𝟏 8000 𝑁 3 3
𝑊= = 3879.75 𝑁
0.9+0.1
1
𝐿90 𝑘
𝐶=𝑊
106
1
7
4.5×10 3
𝐶 = 3879.75 𝑁 = 13799.86 𝑁 = 13.8 𝑘𝑁
106
MACDES WEAPON 4
FA- Perfect
Which of the following is TRUE for springs in series?

Answer: FT = F1 = F2 = … = Fn
Which of the following is the ratio of number of bearings which have successfully completed L
million revolutions to the total number of bearings under test?
Answer: Reliability
A 150 mm shaft running in a journal bearing supports a load of 10 kN and has a speed of 1200
rpm. If the coefficient of friction of the journal bearings is 0.015, which of the following is the
heat generated due to friction?
Answer: 1.41 kW
𝑄 = µ𝑊𝑣 ; 𝑣 = 𝑟𝑤
1𝑚 2𝜋
𝑣 = (150𝑚𝑚 ∗ ) (1200 𝑟𝑝𝑚 ∗ )
1000 𝑚𝑚 60
150𝑚𝑚 1𝑚 2𝜋
𝑄 = (0.015)(10 𝑘𝑁) (( ∗ ) (1200 𝑟𝑝𝑚 ∗ ))
2 1000 𝑚𝑚 60
𝑸 = 𝟏. 𝟒𝟏 𝒌𝑾
Two steel springs with plain ends are arranged in series and supports a load. The upper spring has
12 turns of 28-mm-diameter wire on a mean diameter of 200 mm. The lower spring consists of 9
turns of 20-mm diameter wire on a mean diameter of 251 mm. The maximum shearing stress in
either spring must not exceed 204 MPa. Use G = 83 GPa. Calculate the maximum value of force
acting on the lower spring alone in N.
Answer: 2292.16
8𝐾𝐹𝐶
𝜏= 2
𝜋𝑑𝑤
4𝐶 − 1 0.615 𝑑𝑚 251 𝑚𝑚
𝐾= + ;𝐶 = =
4𝐶 − 4 𝐶 𝑑𝑤 20 𝑚𝑚
251 𝑚𝑚
4 ( 20 𝑚𝑚 ) − 1 0.615 251 𝑚𝑚
8( + ) (𝐹 ) (
251 𝑚𝑚 251 𝑚𝑚 20 𝑚𝑚 )
4 ( 20 𝑚𝑚 ) − 4 ( 20 𝑚𝑚 )
204 𝑀𝑃𝑎 =
𝜋(20 𝑚𝑚)2
𝑭 = 𝟐𝟐𝟗𝟐. 𝟏𝟓𝟗𝟕𝟗𝟑 𝑵
The rolling contact ball bearing are to be selected to support the overhung countershaft. The shaft
speed is 7300rpm. The bearings are to have 99% reliability corresponding to a life of 19,000 hours.
The bearing is subjected to an equivalent radial load of 3 kN. Determine the basic dynamic load
rating of the bearing in kN from manufacturer's catalogue, specified at 90% reliability.
Hint: Get the life of the bearing corresponding to 99% reliability first using L = 60NLH
Answer: 118.74
𝐶 − 𝑑𝑦𝑛𝑎𝑚𝑖𝑐 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔
1
𝐿90 𝑘
𝐶 = 𝑊 ( 6)
10
1
𝐿𝑅 1 1.17
= 6.844 (ln )
𝐿90 𝑅
𝐿 = 60𝑁(𝑙ℎ)
𝐿 = 60(7300 𝑟𝑝𝑚)(19000 ℎ𝑟𝑠) = 8322000000
1
8322000000 1 1.17
= 6.844 (ln )
𝐿90 0.99
𝐿90 = 6.200913𝑥1010
1
6.200913𝑥1010 3
𝐶 = 3 𝑘𝑁 ( ) = 𝟏𝟏𝟖. 𝟕𝟒𝟐𝟓𝟖𝟎𝟐
106
SA 4 40/40

Answer: δT = δ1 = δ2 = ... = δn
Which of the following is the type of end in the compression spring shown?
Answer: Ground End (plain)
Which of the following is the number of revolutions that 90% of a group of bearings will complete
before evidence of fatigue develops?
Answer: Rating Life
Which of the following is the difference between diameters of bearing and journal?
Answer: Diametral Clearance
A helical compression spring is to be used for a maximum load of 1.5 kN using the spring index
of 8. The maximum permissible shear stress for the spring wire is 400 MPa. Which of the following
is the wire diameter of the spring to be used?
Answer: 9.51 mm
8𝐾𝐹𝐶 4𝐶 − 1 0.615
𝜏= 2
;𝐾 = + ;𝐶 = 8
𝜋𝑑𝑤 4𝐶 − 4 𝐶
4(8) − 1 0.615
8( + ) (1500 𝑁)(8)
4(8) − 4 (8)
400 𝑀𝑃𝑎 =
𝜋(𝑑𝑤 )2
𝒅𝒘 = 𝟗. 𝟓𝟏𝟎𝟔𝟒𝟏𝟒𝟖𝟒 𝒎𝒎
The diameter of the bearing is 50.05 mm and the diameter of the journal is 50 mm. Which of the
Answer: 0.001
𝑐 𝐷 − 𝑑 50.05 − 50
= = = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟏 = 𝟏𝒙𝟏𝟎−𝟑
𝑑 𝑑 50
Two helical springs A and B with ground ends are in parallel. The wire diameter of the springs A
and B are 11 mm and 7 mm, respectively, and the spring indices of A and B, are 6 and 9,
respectively. Determine the load supported by spring A in N if the load supported by spring B is
480 N.
Answer: 2545.71
8𝐹𝐴 𝐶𝐴3 𝑛𝑎 8𝐹𝐵 𝐶𝐵3 𝑛𝑎
=
𝐺𝑑𝑤𝐴 𝐺𝑑𝑤𝐵
3 3
𝐹𝐴 𝐶𝐴 𝐹𝐵 𝐶𝐵
=
𝑑𝑤𝐴 𝑑𝑤𝐵
3 (480 𝑁)(9)3
𝐹𝐴 (6)
=
𝑭𝑨 = 𝟐𝟓𝟒𝟓. 𝟕𝟏𝟒𝟐𝟖𝟔
A machinery uses a helical tension spring with wire diameter of 3 mm and coil outside diameter
of 31 mm. The spring has 10 total coils. The design shear stress is 580 MPa and the modulus of
rigidity is 81 GPa. Determine the force that causes the body of the spring to its shear stress in N.
Answer: 190.01
8𝐾𝐹𝐶 4𝐶 − 1 0.615 𝐷𝑜 − 𝑑𝑤
𝜏= 2
;𝐾 = + ;𝐶 =
𝜋𝑑𝑤 4𝐶 − 4 𝐶 𝑑𝑤
31 𝑚𝑚 − 3 𝑚𝑚 28
𝐶= = 𝑚𝑚
3 𝑚𝑚 3
28
4 ( 3 ) − 1 0.615 28
8 ( 28 + 28 ) (𝐹) ( 3 )
4( 3 ) − 4 ( 3 )
580 𝑀𝑃𝑎 =
𝜋(3 𝑚𝑚)2
𝑭 = 𝟏𝟗𝟎. 𝟎𝟎𝟗𝟖𝟏𝟑𝟕 𝑵
A ball bearing subjected to an equivalent dynamic load of 4,000 N is expected to have a life of 7.5
x 108 revolutions at 99% reliability. Determine the basic dynamic load rating of the bearing based
on a reliability of 90% in kN.
Answer: 70.98
𝐶 − 𝑑𝑦𝑛𝑎𝑚𝑖𝑐 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔
1
𝐿90 𝑘
𝐶 = 𝑊 ( 6)
10
1
𝐿𝑅 1 1.17
= 6.844 (ln )
𝐿90 𝑅
1
7.5𝑥108 1 1.17
= 6.844 (ln )
𝐿90 0.99
𝐿90 = 5588422502
1
5588422502 3
𝐶 = 4 𝑘𝑁 ( ) = 𝟕𝟎. 𝟗𝟖𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟓𝟑𝟖
106

Heat dissipation coefficient = 1,250 W/m -°C
Determine the amount of cooling (Qg -Qd) required in W.
Answer: 122.54
𝑄𝐺 = 𝜇𝑊𝑣; 𝑄𝑑 = 𝐶𝐴(𝑡𝑏 − 𝑡𝑎 ); 𝑊 = 𝑝(𝑙𝑥𝑑)

33 0.02𝑥900𝑟𝑝𝑚 1 0.1 2𝜋
𝑄𝐺 = (( 8 ) ( )( ) + 0.002) (1.5 𝑀𝑃𝑎(150𝑚𝑚 𝑥100 𝑚𝑚)) ( 𝑚 ∗ 900𝑟𝑝𝑚 ∗ )
10 1.5 𝑀𝑃𝑎 0.0013 2 60
𝑄𝐺 = 535.037395
1
𝑄𝑑 = ∗ (1250)(0.1 𝑚 𝑥 0.15)(60 − 16) = 412.5
2
𝑸𝑮 − 𝑸𝒅 = 𝟓𝟑𝟓. 𝟎𝟑𝟕𝟑𝟗𝟓 − 𝟒𝟏𝟐. 𝟓 = 𝟏𝟐𝟐. 𝟓𝟑𝟕𝟑𝟗𝟓

Machine Design Final Weapon

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Machine Design Final Weapon

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Machine Design Final Weapon

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SUMMATIVE 1

π 12𝑖𝑛 (24𝑖𝑛 + 12𝑖𝑛)2

𝑊𝑎𝑙 = 70276.66176𝑁 𝑜𝑟 𝟕𝟎. 𝟐𝟕𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟏𝟕𝟔𝑲𝑵

[(5.9𝑀𝑃𝑎𝑥750𝑚𝑚2 ) − 431𝑁] 0.270𝑚 2𝜋

𝑃 = 58701.08901𝑊 𝑜𝑟 𝟓𝟖. 𝟕𝟎𝟏𝟎𝟖𝟗𝟎𝟏𝒌𝑾

∆𝐾𝐸 = 𝐸𝑀𝑎𝑥 − 𝐸𝑚𝑖𝑛

A RC30 is used to transmit power from a 12 hp motor to a driven shaft for an

𝑘 = 3 for ball bearings

A journal bearing for a pump has the following

amount of cooling =122.53795 W

𝑃𝑃 = (𝑇𝑇1 − 𝑇𝑇2 )𝜈𝜈

Two pulleys with diameter 500 mm and 1200 mm

𝑃𝑃 = (𝑇𝑇1 − 𝑇𝑇2 )𝜐𝜐

Wlh.ch of the fol lowiing is the tight sidle tension of the

Wh ich of th e folllowing is th e su rface v eloc ity of a pulley 18 inches in

A n o pen V- be lt driive operat es un der t he fo llowing co nd iti ons;

NOTE: TIGHT SIDE 𝑇𝑇1 𝜇𝜇𝜇𝜇

𝑊𝑊𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 = 𝑊𝑊𝐿𝐿 + 𝑊𝑊𝑟𝑟 + 𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏 + 𝑊𝑊𝑎𝑎

WiJ'l' diamerer 0.106 d 0.063 d 0.0-15 d 0.050d

𝑊𝑊𝑏𝑏 𝐸𝐸𝑟𝑟 𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤

A 10-hp m o or running .at 1 000 rpm is t o drive a cen rifug.al pump at

Less than or equal lo 20.0830 i-1

Less than or equal ·Lo 0.9321 in

Less than or equal lo 1.4797 in

Less than or equal lo 0.8538 in

Which of t he fo llowing is the pow er transmirtted by a 900 rp m motor

𝑷𝑷 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏

An inverted tooth chain is used to transmit power from a 5-hp motor to a

Less than or equal to 12.2466 in

Less than or equal to 7 .7149 in

Less than or equal to 1.3104 in

Less than or equal to 0.8254 in

𝑁𝑁1 𝑇𝑇2 𝑁𝑁2 42

A single cylinder, fou r stroke engine develops 20 kW at mean speed of

An i nverted tooth cha in is used to transmit 10-hp to a driven shaft. The

𝒘𝒘 = 𝟎𝟎. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 ≈ 𝟏𝟏 𝒊𝒊𝒊𝒊

Which of he following is the value of t he maximum fluctuati on of

𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐴𝐴 = −𝟑𝟑𝟑𝟑𝑵𝑵𝑵𝑵 (𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀𝑀 𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸𝐸)

Chain 25 35 41 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 240

𝑇𝑇1 + 𝑇𝑇2 2𝐶𝐶 𝑇𝑇2 − 𝑇𝑇1 2 𝑝𝑝

0 =a11glle turned in rad

A single disc c utch wi h bo h sfdes of the d isc effecti ve has ou tside

(−𝑃𝑃 ∗ 𝑙𝑙) + (𝑅𝑅𝑁𝑁 ∗ 𝑥𝑥) − (𝐹𝐹𝑡𝑡 ∗ 𝑎𝑎) = 0

i- 21JO - + l i + - - - - 600 ------a..i

−(𝑃𝑃 ∗ 𝑙𝑙) + (𝑅𝑅𝑁𝑁 ∗ 𝑥𝑥) + (𝐹𝐹𝑡𝑡 ∗ 𝑎𝑎) = 0

f...-200 -+1---- 600- - -....

𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏𝑏 𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠𝑠 − 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙 𝑃𝑃 = 0,

Which of the following is TRUE for springs in parallel?

1/kT • 1/kl + 1/k2 + .. + 1/kn

Squ.;:ired and sround end

• Di::unetr;t.J cle:ior.:t.nce l":lltio

Equivalent dynamic load

Basic dynamic load rating

Type ,o f encls Active ooil,s

Type of ends, Act,v,e coi lls

8𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾𝐾 4𝐶𝐶 − 1 0.615 𝐷𝐷𝑚𝑚

A ball bearing subjected to an equivalent dynamic load of 4,000 N is expected to

A j1ournal bearing for a pump has the following prop rlies:

• Diametral clearance ratio= 0.0013 mm

• lubricant temperature = 60°C